.*"&" < ^Ili

'£>** 4 MKi
                       UrforSmart Growth

                       "      ->-. iC^uld
                 , <--^ffi^«"-?r5SS

                      i*w*:

 i-s OP
         _ __

        Selected
     Opcnvitce
     ^    _    BE" --," .,__',, -^ffwfM   'fm"'

irom the Smart Growth
    &3sz^im;*®^M.msfi^(in  * •

    lefwork
      ^-'•'i
                       i J«*JMIU>^**^

                       i Jj y f -sr f* &
K-'^^il'^

                                                       I^.-/; .jjrt^,?a f "•'':":,•?
                                                       RiMa**^**:
 i ¥^
                                                    vgmiftftl
                           ....^IMJW""'"
           *&2-
i:k'&.s**&&em'-»*<
-------
This report is available online at  (click on "publications").

For additional hard copies of this report, call EPAs National Center for Environmental Publications
at 513 891-6561 and ask for publication number EPA231-R-02-001.

-------
SMART GROWTH
N
         WORK
Selected  Smart  Growth
Publications
From the Smart Growth  Network
The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is publishing this information
in an effort to increase public understanding of how Smart Growth can further efforts to
protect our environment. The Agency has selected the publications listed here on that basis.
However, EPA does not necessarily endorse the views expressed in any particular publica-
tion and does not promote the purchase of any organization's publications. You are urged to
contact vendors who charge a fee prior to ordering these publications.

If you or your organization want EPA to consider listing additional Smart Growth publica-
tions in the next edition of "Selected Smart Growth Publications," please contact Tim Torma
at 202 566-2864.
   Printed on paper that contains at least 50 percent postconsumer fiber.

-------
 Table of Contents

 Within categories, publications appear in order of publication date, most recent
publications listed first. Prices given do not include mailing costs. For more informa-
 tion about the Smart Growth Network, see .

 Smart Growth Primers	1

 Smart Growth Planning and Policy	2

 Land Use and Local Planning  	4

 Smart Growth Design and Development	4

 Smart Growth Economics 	7

Smart Growth and Community Development	7

Smart Growth and Environmental Quality	8

Farmland Preservation and Rural Conservation	10

Open Space Design 	\\

Smart Growth and Brownfields Redevelopment	11

Smart Growth and Transportation	12

-------
Smart  Growth  Primers
                        Local Tools for Smart
                        Growth: Practical
                        Strategies and Techniques
                        to Improve Our
                        Communities. National
                        Association of Counties
                        (NACo) & the U.S.
                        Conference of Mayors,
The Joint Center for Sustainable Communities,
2001. For copies of this report (no charge), contact
NACo, 440 First Street, NW; Washington, DC
2000; phone: 202 393-6226; fax: 202 393-2630.
Available online at .

Smart Growth Tool Kit. David O'Neill. Urban Land
Institute, 2000. Call 800 321-5011 (fax: 202 624-
7140) or order online at 
(click on "Bookstore"). Cost: $35.95; discounted
ULI member price: $29.95.

                        Covering Urban Sprawl:
                        Rethinking the American
                        Dream — A Primer for
                        Reporters Covering the
                        Social, Economic, and
                        Environmental Impacts  of
                        Sprawl. David Goldberg.
                        Environmental
                        Journalism Center.
                        Reprinted for the Smart
                        Growth Network, 1999.
                        May be downloaded at
no charge from . Hard copies may be purchased from
The Radio  and Television News Directors
Foundation at 202 467-5241. Cost: $20.00 per
booklet ($10.00 for RTNDA members).
  BEST DEVELOPMENT j
      PRACTICES:

A Primer for Smart Growth
                        Smart Growth: Myth and
                        Fact. David O'Neill.
                        Urban Land Institute,
                        1999. Call 800 321-5011
                        (fax: 202 624-7140) or
                        order online at
                         (click on
                        "Bookstore"). Cost:
                        $15.00 per packet of 10
                        copies.
                        Best Development
                        Practices: A Primer for
                        Smart Growth. Reid
                        Ewing with Robert
                        Hodder. International
                        City/County
                        Management Association,
                        1998. Call 800 745-8780
or order online at .
Cost: $9.00.
                        ULI on the Future:
                        Smart Growth —
                        Economy, Community,
                        Environment. Urban
                        Land Institute, 1998.
                        Call 800 321-5011
                        (fax: 202 624-7140) or
                        order online at  (click on
                        "Bookstore"). Cost:
                        $24.95; ULI member
                        discount price: $19.95
                        Why Smart Growth: A
                        Primer. International
                        City/County Management
                        Association with Geoff
                        Anderson, 1998. A Smart
                        Growth Network
                        Publication. Call 800 745-
                        8780 or order online at
. Cost: $8.00.
                                                                        Smart Growth Primers

-------
Smart  Growth  Planning and
Policy
    Getting to Smart Growth
                        Getting to Smart Growth:
                        100 Policies for
                        Implementation. The
                        Smart Growth Network
                        and the International
                        City/County
                        Management Association,
                        2002. Hard copies may
be obtained at no charge, while supplies last, by
sending an e-mail request to smith.juanita@epa.gov,
by faxing your request to 202 566-2868, or calling
202 566-2860. Also available online at
 or
.

                        Solving Sprawl: Models of
                        Smart Growth in
                        Communities Across
                        America. F. Kaid
                        Benfield, Jutka Terris, and
                        Nancy Vorsanger. Natural
                        Resources Defense
                        Council, 2001, with a
                        preface by Maryland
                        Governor Parris
                        Glendening (Sequel to
                        Once There Were
                        Greenfields, 1999.) Call
800 828-1302 or order online at
 or
. Cost: $20.00.
                                                    THE COMING DEMAND
                                                          '
                        The Coming Demand.
                        Congress for the New
                        Urbanism. Pamphlet
                        based on research by
                        Dowell Myers, Elizabeth
                        Gearin, Tridib Banerjee,
                        and Ajay Garde.
                        University of Southern
                        California School of
                        Policy, Planning, and
                        Development, 2001. Call
                        GNU at 415 495-255 for
a hard copy free of charge, or download from
 (click on "GNU
Reports").

Challenging Sprawl: Organizational Responses to a
National Problem. Constance Beaumont, Ed.
National Trust for Historic Preservation,  1999. Call
202 588-6296 (fax: 202 588-6223) or order online
at .  Cost:
$10.00.

                        Once There Were
                        Greenfields: How Urban
                        Sprawl is Undermining
                        America's Environment,
                        Economy and Social
                        Fabric. F. Kaid Benfield,
                        Matthew D. Raimi, and
                        Donald D.T. Chen.
                        Natural Resources
                        Defense Council, 1999.
                        Call NRDC s
                        Publications Department
                        at 212 727- 4486 or
order online at .
Cost: $20.00.
      Smart Growth Planning and Policy

-------
Planning Communities for the 21st Century: A
Special Report of the American Planning
Associations Growing SmarfM Project. American
Planning Association, 1999. Call 202 872-0611
(fax: 202 872-0643) or order online at
 (click on "APA Store,"
then "Planners Book Service") No charge.

Sprawl Busting: State Programs to Guide Growth.
Jerry Weitz. American Planning Association.
Planners Press, 1999. Call 202 872-0611 (fax: 202
872-0643) or order online at  (click on "APA Store"  and choose
"Planners Book Service"). Cost: $48.00; APA mem-
ber discount: $43.00.

Cities Back from the Edge: New Life from
Downtown. Roberta Brandes Gratz. National Trust
for Historic Preservation. John Wiley &
Sons/Preservation Press, 1998. Call 202 588-6296
(fax: 202 588-6223) or order online at  . Cost: $19.95; NTHP
member discount price: $17.95.

Growing Smart?M Legislative Guidebook: Model
Statutes for Planning and Management of Change.
Phases I (revised) and Phase II. American Planning
Association, September 1998. Call 202 872-0611
(fax: 202 872-0643)  or order  online at
 (click on "APA Store,"
then "Planners Book Service"). Cost:  $32.00.
       ___
       Balancing
          aCoi
^Gateway Gonunmuties
' wm^^xmw^as=M^ ***/•* '"'•» ?? g" ~» »
          -_"•"_. 7,' .:
 )im Hows, Eel McMalion, and Luther Propst
Balancing Nature and
Commerce in Gateway
Communities. Jim Howe,
Ed McMahon, and
Luther Propst. The
Conservation Fund and
Scenic America. Island
Press, 1997. Call 800
828-1302 (fax: 707 983-
6414) or order online at
. Cost: $13.95;
with NTHP member discount: $12.55.

                         Smart States, Better
                         Communities: How State
                         Governments Can Help
                         Citizens Preserve their
                         Communities. Constance
                         Beaumont. National
                         Trust for Historic
                         Preservation,  1996. Call
                         202 588-6296 (fax: 202
                         588-6223) or order
                         online at . Cost: 20.00; with NTHP discount: $18.00.

Growth Management Principles and Practices.
Arthur C. Nelson and James B. Duncan. American
Planning Association. Planners Press,  1995. Call 202
872-0611 (fax: 202 872-0643) or order online at
 (click on "APA Store,"
then on  "Planners Service"). Cost: $48.95; APA
members discount price:  $40.95.
                                                                 Smart Growth. Planning and Policy

-------
 Land  Use  and  Local
 Planning
 Glossary of Zoning, Development, and Planning
 Terms. Michael Davidson and Fay Dolnick, eds.
 American  Planning Association. Planners Advisory
 Service (PAS) Report #491/492, 2000. Call 202
 872-0611  (fax: 202 872-0643) or order online at
  (click on "APA Store,"
 then "Planners Book Service" and choose "PAS
 Report" option at left). Cost: $34.00.
                        The Practice of Local
                        Government Planning,
                        third edition.  Linda C.
                        Dalton, Charles J. Hoch,
                        and Frank S. So.
                        International City/
                        County Management
                        Association, 2000. Call
                        800 745-8780 or order
                        online at . Cost:
                        $42.95.
Land Use in America. Henry L. Diamond and
Patrick F. Noonan. The Conservation Fund. Island
Press, 1996. Call 202 872-0611 (fax: 202 872-0643)
or order online at  (click
on "APA Store," then "Planners Book Service"). Also
available at . Cost:
$29.95.

Small Town Planning Handbook, second edition.
Thomas Daniels, John Keller, and Mark Lapping.
American Planning Association. Planners Press,
1995. Call 202 872-0611 (fax: 202 872-0643) or
order online at  (click
on "APA Store," then "Planners Book Service").
Cost: $43.95; APA member discount price: $36.95.

Save Our Land, Save Our Towns. Thomas Hylton.
RB Books, 1995. Call 800 497-1427 or order online
at . Cost: $29.95.
Citizens Guide to Planning, third edition. Herbert
Smith. American Planning Association. Planners
Press, 1993. Call 202 872-0611 (fax: 202 872-0643)
or order online at  (click
on "APA Store," then "Planners Book Service").
Cost: $29.95; with APA member discount: $26.95.
Smart  Growth  Design and
Development
Building Livable Communities: A Policymaker's
                        Guide to Infill
                        Development, Expanded
                        Second Edition. The
                        Local Government
                        Commission/Center for
                        Livable Communities,
                        2001. Call 916 448-1198
                        or order online at
.
Cost: $20.00.

Real Towns: Making Your Neighborhood Work.
                        Harrison Bright Rue.
                        Local Government
                        Commission/Center for
                        Livable Communities,
                        2001. Call 916 448-1198
   Real Towns
 -- Making your neighborhood work
or order online at

-------
                        Strategies for Successful
                        Infill Development.
                        Charles Bartsch,
                        Elizabeth Collaton, Ann
                        Eberhart Goode,
                        Christopher Hudson,
                        Shelley Poticha, and
                        Andy Shafer. Northeast-
                        Midwest Institute and
                        Congress for New
                        Urbanism, 2001. May be
                        downloaded at no charge
at . For hard
copies, call Heather Lockridge at 202 544- 5200
(fax: 202 544-0043). Cost: $29.00.
                         Ten Principles for
                         Reinventing America's
                         Suburban Strips. Michael
                         Beyard and Michael
                         Pawlukiewicz. Urban
                         Land Institute, 2001. Call
                         800321-5011  (fax: 202
                         624-7140) or order
                         online at 
                         (click on "Bookstore").
                         Cost: $19.95.

                         Historic Schools in the
                         Age of Sprawl: Why
                         Johnny Can't Walk to
                         School. Constance E.
                         Beaumont with Elizabeth
                         G. Pianca. National Trust
                         for Historic Preservation,
                         2000. Download full
                         report or executive sum-
                         mary at no charge at
                         .
Better Models for Development in Virginia. Ed
McMahon, Sara Hollberg, and Shelley Mastran. The
Conservation Fund, 2000. Order online at . Cost:
$15.00. (For information on volume discounts, call
703 525-6300.)
                         Density by Design: New
                         Directions in Residential
                         Development. Steven
                         Fader. Urban Land
                         Institute, 2000. Call 800
                         321-5011 (fax:202624-
                         7140) or order online at
                         .
                         Cost: $69.95; with ULI
                         member discount:
                         $59.95.
Incentive Zoning: Meeting Urban Design and
Affordable Housing Objectives. Marya Morris, AICP.
American Planning Association. PAS Report #494,
2000. May be ordered online at  (click on "APA Store," then "Planners
Book Service" and choose "PAS Report" option).
Cost: $32.00.

 The Practice of Sustainable Development. Douglas
R. Porter. Urban Land Institute,  2000. Call 800
321-5011  (fax: 202 624-7140) or order online at
. Cost: $59.95;
with ULI member discount: $49.95.

Better Models for Chain Drugstores. Anne Stillman.
National Trust for Historic Preservation, 1999.
Order online at . Cost:  $6.00; with NTHP member discount:
$5.40.
                                                             Smart Growth Design and Development

-------
             ^ t
  , I Itutt let. Village. Town |:
                         Crossroads, Hamlet,
                         Village,  Town: Design
                         Characteristics of
                         Traditional Neighbor-
                         hoods, Old and New.
                         Randall Arendt.
                         American Planning
                         Association. PAS Report
                         #487/488, 1999. Call
                         202872-0611 (fax: 202
                         872-0643) or order
                         online at
 (click on "APA Store,"
then "Planners Book Service" and choose "PAS
Report" option). Cost: $34.00.

Charter of the New Urbanism. Michael Leccese &
Kathleen McCormick, Eds. Congress for the New
Urbanism. McGraw-Hill Professional Publishing,
1999. Call 800 321-5011 (fax: 202 624-7140) or
order online at  (click on
"GNU Store").

Growing Together: City/County Smart Growth
Profiles. National Association of Counties and the
U.S. Conference of Mayors. The Joint Center for
Sustainable Communities,  1999. May be down-
loaded (no charge) at  (click on
"Resources and Links" at left, then scroll down and
click on "Publications").
Better Models for
Superstores. Constance
Beaumont. National
Trust for Historic
Preservation, 1997.
Order online at
. Cost:
$ 10.00; with NTHP
member discount: $9.00.
                                           Best Development Practices: Doing the Right Thing
                                           and Making Money at the Same Time. Reid Ewing
                                           American Planning Association. Planners Press,
                                           1996. Call 202 872-0611 (fax: 202 872-0643 or
                                           order online at  (click
                                           on "APA Store," then "Planners Book Service" and
                                           choose "Planners Press" option at left). Cost:
                                           $48.95; with APA member discount: $40.95.

                                           Rural by Design: Maintaining Rural Character.
                                           Randall Arendt. American Planning Association.
                                           Planners Press, 1994. Call 202 872-0611 (fax: 202
                                           872-0643) or order online at  (click  on "APA Store," then "Planners
                                           Book Service" and choose "Planners Press" option at
                                           left). Cost: $62.95;  with APA member discount:
                                           $52.95.

                                           How Superstore Sprawl Can Harm Communities
                                           (And What Citizens Can Do About It). Constance
                                           Beaumont. National Trust for Historic Preservation,
                                           1994. Order online at . Cost: $20.00; with NTHP member
                                           discount: $18.00.
Smart Growth Design and Development

-------
Visions for a New American Dream: Process,
Principles, and an Ordinance to Plan & Design Small
Communities, 2nd edition. Anton C. Nelessen.
American Planning Association. Planners Press, 1994.
Call 202 872-0611 (fax: 202 872-0643) or order
online at  (click on "APA
Store," then "Planners Book Service" and choose
"Planners Press" option). Cost:  $58.95; with APA
member discount: $49.95.


Smart  Growth  Economics
Smart Growth and Affordable Housing: Making the
                        Connection. Report of
                       the Smart Growth
                       Network Subgroup on
                       Affordable Housing,
                       2001.See
                         (click on
                        "Resources") to download
                       the report (PDF format)
                        at no charge. For a hard
                        copy (no charge), call
                       202 566-2878.
Affordable Housing
and SMART GROWTH:
AfatixgtifGaaafcfioit
   Smart Growth Funding
      Resource Guide
                     Smart Growth Funding
                     Resource Guide, June
                     2001. An EPA/Smart
                     Growth Network publica-
                     tion. Available online at
                      or call
                     202 566-2878 for a hard
                     copy free of charge.
 Linking Vision with Capital: Challenges and
 Opportunities in Financing Smart Growth. Robert
 W. Burchell and David Listokin. Research Institute
 for Housing America, 2001. Download executive
 summary or full report at no charge from
 .
                       Profiles of Business
                       Leadership on Smart
                       Growth: New Partnerships
                       Demonstrate the Economic
                       Benefits of Reducing
                       Sprawl. National
                       Association of Local
                       Government Environment
                       Professionals, 1999. May
                       be ordered online at
                       . Cost:
$20.00 plus $4.00 shipping/handling.

Developments and Dollars: An Introduction to Fiscal
Impact Analysis in Land Use Planning. Natural
Resources Defense Council, 2000. May be down-
loaded at no charge from . Hard copies
may be ordered at . Cost: $5.00.

The Ahwahnee Principles for Smart Economic
Development: An Implementation Guidebook. The
Local Government Commission. Center for Livable
Communities, 1997. May be purchased online at
. Cost: $25.00.


Smart Growth and
Community  Development
                       Smart Growth for
                       Neighborhoods:
                       Affordable Housing and
                       Regional Vision. National
                       Neighborhood Coalition,
                       2001. Download at no
                       charge from  (click on
                        "Smart Growth Page").
                                                      Smart Growth and Community Development

-------
Urban Infill Housing: Myth and Fact. Richard M.
Haughey. Urban Land Institute, 2001. Call 800
321-5011 (fax: 202 624-7140) or order online at
. Cost: $15.00.

Smart Growth, Better Neighborhoods: Communities
Leading the Way. National Neighborhood Coalition.
2000. Order a free summary by e-mailing
                        or calling
                       202 408-8553 (fax 202
                       408-8551). Order full
                       report online at
                        (click
                       on "Smart Growth
                       Page"). Cost of full
                       report: $25.00; $12.00
                       for NNC members.
                                               Smart Growth  and
                                               Environmental Quality
Connecting Neighborhood and Region for Smarter
Growth. National Neighborhood Coalition, 1999.
Download at no charge from  (click on "Smart Growth Page")
or call 202 408-8553 (fax 202 408-8551).
                                                                  "Sss.
                        EPA Guidance:
                        Improving Air Quality
                        Through Land Use
                        Activities. EPA
                        Publication # 420-R- 01-
                        001, 200 I.May be
                        downloaded at no charge
                        from .
Hard copies available at no charge by calling EPA's
National Service Center for Environmental
Publications at 513 891-6561.
      Smart Growth and Environmental Quality

-------
                        Smart Growth and the
                        Clean Air Act. Curtis
                        Moore. Northeast-
                        Midwest Institute & the
                        Environmental Law
                        Institute,  2001. May be
                        downloaded at no charge
                        from .
                         Hard copies may be pur-
chased from Northeast-Midwest Institute, Attn:
Publications, 218 D Street, SE; Washington, DC
20003; phone: 202 544-5200; fax: 202 544-0043.
Cost: $21.00 plus postage/handling ($5.00 for the
first title; $1.00 each for additional titles).
Environmental Characteristics of Smart Growth
Neighborhoods: An Exploratory Case Study. Natural
Resources Defense Council, 2000. May be down-
loaded at no charge from .
Sffift
 Potonlfai Rotas for Clean Wator Slate RevoMng Fund
    Programs to Smart Growth Initiatives

Profiles of Clean Air Innovation: Empowering Local
Communities to Meet the Air Quality Challenges of
the 21st Century.  National Association of Local
Government Environment Professionals, 2000. May
be ordered online at . Cost: $20.00 plus $4.00 ship-
ping/handling.

S"                      ? Potential Roles for Clean
                         Water State Revolving
                         Fund Programs in Smart
                         Growth Initiatives.
                         EPA Publication
                         # 832-R-00-010, 2000.
                         Report may be down-
                         loaded at no charge from
                         . Hard
                         copies available at no
charge by calling EPA's National Service Center for
Environmental Publications at 513 891-6561.
                       Project XL and Atlantic
                       Steel: Supporting
                       Environmental Excellence
                       and Smart Growth. EPA,
                       1999. Download at no
                       charge from
                        or call
                       202 566-2878 to request
                       a free  copy.
       Project XL and Atlantic Ste
     5*^ Supporting Environmental
       Excellence and Smart Growth
                                                            Smart Growth and Environmental Quality

-------
                        Redeveloping Brownfields
                        with Federal
                        Transportation Funds.
                        EPA and the Association
                        of Metropolitan Planning
                        Organizations, 2001.
                        PDF file may be down-
                        loaded at no charge at
                         (click on
                        "publications"). Limited
                        number of free hard
copies available by calling 202 566-2841.

Turning Brownfields into Greenbacks. Robert A.
Simons. Urban Land Institute, 1998. Call 800 321-
5011 (fax: 202 624-7140) or order online at
. Cost: $59.95;
with ULI member discount: $49.95.
Smart Growth and
Transportation
Residential Streets. Walter M. Kulash. Urban Land
Institute, 2001. Call 800 321-5011 (fax: 202 624-
7140) or order online at . Cost: $39.95; with ULI member
discount: $29.95.

Driven to Spend: The Impact of Sprawl on
Household Transportation Expenses. Surface
Transportation Policy Project and the Center for
Neighborhood Technologies, 2000. Download at no
charge from  (click on "Bookstore"). Cost:  $10.00
(special discounts for bulk orders).

                        Streets and Sidewalks,
                        People and Cars: A
                        Citizens' Guide to Traffic
                        Calming. The Local
                        Government
                        Commission/Center for
                        Livable Communities,
                        2000. To purchase, call
                        916448-1198 (fax: 916
                        448-8246) or order
                        online at  (click on
"Bookstore"). Cost: $10.00 (special discounts for
bulk orders).
         PEDESTRIAN-
     AND TRANSIT-FRIENDLY
           DESIGN;
     A Primer for Smart Growth
                        Pedestrian and Transit-
                        Friendly Design: A
                        Primer for Smart
                        Growth. International
                        City/County
                        Management Association,
                        1999. To purchase, call
                        800 745-8780 and ask
for Item 42473 or order online at . Cost: $8.00.
12     Smart Growth and Transportation

-------
Street Design
Guidelines
for Healthy
Neighborhoods
                        Street Design Guidelines
                        for Healthy
                        Neighborhoods. Dan
                        Burden. Local
                        Government
                        Commission, 1999. To
                        purchase, call 916 448-
                        1198 (fax:  916 448-
                        8246) or order online at
                        
                        (click on "Bookstore").
                        Cost: $25.00.

                        Traffic Calming: State of
                        the Practice. Reid Ewing.
                        Institute of Transpor-
                        tation Engineers and
                        Federal Highway
                        Administration, August
                        1999. Download (PDF
                        format) at no charge at
                        
                        (click on "Technical
                        Information, then on
                        "Traffic Calming"). To
purchase a hard copy, call 202 289-0222 (extension
130 or 149). Cost: $50.00 ($40.00 with ITE mem-
ber discount).

Rail-Trails and Safe Communities: The Experience
of 372 Trails. Tammy Tracy and Hugh Morris. Rails
to Trails Conservancy and the National Park Service,
1998. Download PDF file at  (click on "Technical Assistance,"
then on "Full-text References"). Those who do not
have Internet access may call 877-476-9297 and
request a photocopy.
                        Saving Historic Roads:
                        Design and Policy
                        Guidelines. Paul Daniel
                        Marriott. National Trust
                        for Historic Preservation.
                        John Wiley & Sons/
                        Preservation Press, 1998.
                        To purchase, call 292
                        588-6296  (fax: 202 588-
                        6223) or order online
                        (specify publication #
                        2SAV) at . Cost: $40.45.

                         Traditional
                        Neighborhood
                        Development: Street
                        Design Guidelines. Local
                        Government
                        Commission and the
                        Institute of
                        Transportation Engineers,
                         1997. To purchase, call
                         916448-1198 (fax: 916
                         448-8246) or order
                         online at  (click on "Bookstore").  Cost: $35.00.

Transportation and Land Use Innovations. Reid
Ewing. American Planning Association. Planners
Press, 1997. May be ordered online at
 (click on "APA Store,"
then "Planners Book Service" and choose "Planners
Press" option). Cost: $42.95; with APA member dis-
count: $34.95.
                                                                Smart Growth and Transportation     13

-------
   BULMN9
   UVKH.C

   A POUCVMAXEITX
   6UBSE TO      ;
   fiMMSiT-OMIKTED
                         Building Livable
                         Communities: A
                         Policymaker's Guide to
                         Transit- Oriented
                         Development. Local
                         Government
                         Commission/Center for
                         Livable Communities,
1996. To purchase, call 916 448-1198 (fax: 916
448-8246) or order online at 
(click on "Bookstore"). Cost: $25.00.

Transit Villages in the 21st Century. Michael
Bernick, Micheal S. Bernick, Robert Burke Cervero.
Urban Land Institute. McGraw-Hill, 1996. Call 800
321-5011 (fax: 202 624-7140) or order online at
. Cost: $42.95.
 Greenivays: A Guide to Planning, Design, and
 Development. Chuck Flink, Loring Schwarz, and
 Robert Searns. The Conservation Fund. Island Press,
 1993. Order online at . Cost: $30.00. (For infor-
 mation on volume discounts, call 703 525-6300.)
14     Smart Growth and Transportation

-------
The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is publishing this information
in an effort to increase public understanding of how Smart Growth can further efforts to
protect our environment. The Agency has selected the publications listed here on that basis.
However, EPA does not necessarily endorse the views expressed in any particular publica-
tion and does not promote the purchase of any organizations publications. You are urged to
contact vendors who charge a fee prior to ordering these publications.

If you or your organization want EPA to consider listing additional Smart Growth publica-
tions in the next edition of "Selected Smart Growth Publications," please contact Tim Torma
at 202 566-2864.
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Development, Community, and Environment Division
(1808T)
EPA231-R-02-001
http://www.epa.gov/smartgrowth
September 2002

-------
	ill	ii|	I'lii'iiii.	i	it

     !   I i        it i
                i In i
11111 in ti	i  ill up in
                                                                                         .
                                                                                        *1  IH «
                                                                                         T f(",
  2

  £
  CO
  CD
=s 
             CD
             tn
           tO {0
           to >
           CD •£
           ^ O-
           cn v.
           3 O
           CQ *=


           If
           te 0)
           O Q.

-------
           (2)  For AOX and chloroform limitations and



standards  specified in §ubparts B and E of this part:



Production shall be defined as the annual unbleached pulp



production entering the first stage of the bleach plant



divided by the number of operating days during that year.



Unbleached pulp production shall be measured in air-dried-



metric-tons  (10% moisture) of brownstock pulp entering the



bleach plant at the stage during which chlorine or chlorine-



containing compounds are first applied to the pulp.  In the



case of bleach plants that use totally chlorine free



bleaching  processes, unbleached pulp production shall be



measured in air-dried-metric tons (10% moisture)  of



brownstock pulp entering the first stage of the bleach plant



from which wastewater is discharged.  Production shall be



determined for each mill based upon past production



practices, present trends, or committed growth.



     (o)    TCDD.  2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin.



     (p)    TCDF.  2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-furan.



     (q)    Totally chlorine-free (TCP)  bleaching.   Pulp



bleaching  operations that are performed without the use of



chlorine,  sodium hypochlorite,  calcium hypochlorite,



chlorine dioxide,  chlorine monoxide, or any other



chlorine-containing compound.



     (r)   Wet Barking.   Wet barking operations shall be



defined to include hydraulic barking operations and wet drum



barking operations which are those drum barking operations





                             801

-------
that use substantial quantities of water in either water



sprays in the barking drums or in a partial submersion of



the drums in a "tub" of water.



§ 430.02  Monitoring requirements.




     This section establishes minimum monitoring frequencies



for certain pollutants.  Where no monitoring frequency is



specified in this section or where the duration of the



minimum monitoring frequency has expired under paragraphs



(b)-(e) of this section, the permit writer or pretreatment



control authority shall determine the appropriate monitoring



frequency in accordance with 40 CFR 122.44 (i) or 40 CFR Part



403, as applicable.



     (a)  BAT, NSPS, PSES, and PSNS monitoring frequency for



chlorinated organic pollutants.  The following monitoring



frequencies apply to discharges subject to Subpart B or



Subpart E of this part:
                             802

-------
CAS
number
1198556
2539175
2539266
2668248
32139723
56961207
57057837
58902
60712449
87865
88062
95954
1746016
51207319
67663
59473040
Pollutant
Tetrachlorocatechol
Tetrachloroguaiacol
Trichlorosyringol
4,5, 6-trichloroguaiacol
3,4, 6-trichlorocatechol
3 , 4 , 5 - trichlorocatechol
3 , 4 , 5-trichloroguaiacol
2,3,4, 6-tetrachlorophenol
3,4, 6-trichloroguaiacol
Pentachlorophenol 
-------
CAS number
1198556
2539175
2539266
2668248
32139723
56961207
57057837
58902
60712449
87865
88062
95954
1746016
51207319
67663
Pollutant
Tetrachlorocatechol
Tetrachloroguiacol
Trichlorosyringol
4,5, 6-trichlorqguaiacol
3,4, 6-trichlorocatechol
3,4, 5 - trichlorocatechol
3,4,5 - trichloroguaiacol
2,3,4, 6-tetrachlorophenol
3 , 4 , 6 -trichloroguaiacol
Pentachlorophenol e
2,4, 6-trichlorophenol e
2,4, 5 - trichlorophenol e
2,3,7,8-TCDD
2,3,7,8-TCDF
Chloroform
Minimum Monitoring
Frequency
non-ECFa
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
weekly
Advanced
ECF b'f
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
monthly
TCF c
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
non-ECF: Pertains to any fiber line that does not use exclusively
ECF or TCF bleaching processes.
Advanced ECF: Pertains to any fiber line that uses exclusively
Advanced ECF bleaching processes, or exclusively ECF and TCF
bleaching processes as disclosed by the discharger in its permit
application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3)  and certified under 40 CFR
122.22.  Advanced ECF consists of the use of extended
delignification or other technologies that achieve at least the
Tier I performance levels specified in § 430.24(b) (4) (i) .
TCF: Pertains to any fiber line that uses exclusively TCF
bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its permit
application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3)  and certified under 40 CFR
122.22.
This regulation does not specify a limit for this pollutant for
TCF bleaching processes.
Monitoring frequency does not apply to this compound when used as
a biocide.  The permitting authority must determine the
appropriate monitoring frequency for this compound, when used as a
biocide, under 40 CFR 122.44(i).
                             805

-------
f     Monitoring requirements for these pollutants by mills certifying
      as Advanced ECF in their NPDES permit application or other
      communication to the permitting authority will be suspended after
      one year of monitoring.  The permitting authority must determine
      the appropriate monitoring frequency for these pollutants beyond
      that time under 40 CFR 122.44 (i).

      (d)   Reduced, monitoring frequencies  for AOX  under the

Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives  Program  (year one).

The  following monitoring frequencies apply to direct

dischargers enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology

Incentives Program established under Subpart B of this part

for  a duration of one year after  achievement of the

applicable BAT limitations specified in § 430.24(b)(4)(i)  or

NSPS specified in § 430.25(c)(2):
CAS
Number
59473040
Pollutant
AOX
Non-ECF , any
Tier a
daily
Advanced
ECF, any
Tier b
weekly
TCF , any
Tier c
none
specified
a     non-ECF: Pertains to any fiber line that does not use exclusively
      ECF or TCF bleaching processes.
b     Advanced ECF:  Pertains to any fiber line that uses exclusively
      Advanced ECF bleaching processes or exclusively ECF and TCF
      bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its permit
      application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3)  and certified under 40 CFR
      122.22.  Advanced ECF consists of the use of extended
      delignification or other technologies that achieve at least the
      Tier  I performance levels specified in § 430.24(b) (4) (i) .
c     TCF:  Pertains  to any fiber line that uses exclusively TCF
      bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its permit
      application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3)  and certified under 40 CFR
      122.22.

      (e)   Reduced monitoring frequencies for AOX  under the

Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program  (years two

through five).   The following monitoring frequencies apply
                                806

-------
to mills enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology



Incentives Program established under Subpart B of this part



for a duration of four years starting one year after



achievement of the applicable BAT limitations specified in §



430.24(b) (4) (i) or NSPS specified in § 430.25 (c) (2) :
                             807

-------




1

fa
a
EH
TJ
CO
U
d
rd

"3

•d
CO
u
d
rd

•d
<:
Ti
CO
u
d
rd

1
fa
u
H
I
d
o
d
jj
d
rd
JJ
3
i-H
rH
O
ft



<
0
u
rl
0)
-H
EH

^
PJ
rd
H
M
I-H
1
rl
O 0)
fa -H
H EH

H
H
I
SH
fa (U
U -H
• H EH

jj
H
i
>M
fa CD
U -H
« EH
co
-rH
EH

Ss,
d
rd










JH
(D
0
13





(0
d
0
d

rH
rH
rd
3
d
d
rd
rH
in
(U
JJ
rl
rd

d1

£>l
rH
43
JJ
d
i


^i
rH
-rl
rd
•d






XI
O
<
o
o
n
cr\
in
•d
co
-H
M-l
-H
U
ru
ft
ca



















































rt)
d
-H
43
U
rd
0)
rH
43

fa
%

!H
0

fa
U
>-.
i-H
0)

-H
tn
3
i-H
O
s

0)
ca
3

jj
O
d

ca
CO
o
•d

jj
cd
43
jj

Q)
d
-H
rH

M
CO
Q
-H
•4-1

^j
rj
rd

O
JJ

CO
d
-H
rd
jj
rl
CO
ft

• •
fa
U
w
1
d
o
d














































































•
ca
o
CO
CQ
0)
u
O

ft
CQ
CO
ca
ca

-H
ca
3
rH
U
X
CO

rl
O
CQ
ca
-H
ca
d
O
o

fa
u
H

•d
CO
u
d

£>
a

*
05
O3

3
H

&

0

O
^

^
0)

ti
3

d
o
-H
JJ
rd
U
-H
rH
ft
ft

H

rl
CO
-H
EH

(U

JJ

JJ
CO
rd
0)
rH

JJ
rd
CO

co
-H
43
U
rd
JJ
rd
43
jj

ca
0)
-H
O)
o
rH
O
d
43
U
co
JJ

rl
(U
43
JJ
O

rl
O

d
o
-H
JJ
rd
O
-H
U-l
-H
d
O)
•H
i-H
CO
•d

•d
ru
•d
d
ru
jj

CO

ti_{
0

CO
ca
3

d)
43
JJ

1-1
0






































•
*— •*
-H

„— •-.
T$<
-*rf-
*>- -.
£.

•sp
CN

O
n


ra

d
-H

*d
CO
-H

-rH
o
•

•d
co
ca
O
rH
U
ca
-rH
/d

ca
rd

*.
ca
CO
ca
ca

o
0

ft
Oi
d
-rl
43
U
rd
0)
rH
43

pT[
U
EH

^i
H
(U

-H
CQ
3
rH
U
X
CO

ca
fl)
CO
3

JJ
rd
43
jj

0)
d
-H
rH

JL)
co
43
-H


s«
d
rd

o
JJ

ca
d
-H
cd
JJ
rl
CO
ft

• .
fa
O
EH
a;
fa
u

o


in
co
Tl
d
3

'd
(U
-H
M-)
-H
JJ
co
u

'd
d
rd
fl

^^
-H?

rH
CN
•
CN
CN
rH

Pi
fa
U

O


fa
CO
•d
d


d
o
-H
JJ'
rd
U
-H
rH
ft
ft
rd

4J
-H
E

(D
ft

CQ
JJ
-H

d
-H

^
co
01
rl
rd
43
U
CQ
-H
•d

(U
43
JJ

















































































.
CN
CN
.
CM
CN
H
oo
o
CX3

-------
      (3)  Immediate Process Area: The location at the mill




where pulping, screening, knotting, pulp washing, pulping



liquor concentration, pulping liquor processing, and



chemical recovery facilities are located, generally the



battery limits of the aforementioned processes.  "Immediate



process area" includes spent pulping liquor storage and



spill control tanks located at the mill, whether or not they



are located in the immediate process area.



      (4)  Intentional Diversion; The planned removal of




spent pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine from equipment



items in spent pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine service



by the mill for any purpose including, but not limited to,



maintenance, grade changes, or process shutdowns.



      (5)  Mill: The owner or operator of a direct or




indirect discharging pulp, paper, or paperboard



manufacturing facility subject to this section.



      (6)  Senior Technical Manager: The person designated by




the mill manager to review the BMP Plan.  The senior



technical manager shall be the chief engineer at the mill,



the manager of pulping and chemical recovery operations, or



other such responsible person designated by the mill manager



who has knowledge of and responsibility for pulping and



chemical recovery operations.



      (7)  Soap; The product of reaction between the alkali




in kraft pulping liquor and fatty acid portions of the wood,





                             809

-------
turpentine that do occur.  BMPs must be developed according



to best engineering practices and must be implemented  in a



manner that takes into account the specific circumstances at



each mill.  The BMPs are as follows:



      (1)  The mill must return spilled or diverted spent



pulping liquors, soap, and turpentine to the process to the



maximum extent practicable as determined by the mill,



recover such materials outside the process, or discharge



spilled or diverted material at a rate that does not disrupt



the receiving wastewater treatment system.



      (2)  The mill must establish a program to identify and



repair leaking equipment items.  This program must include:



          (i)  Regular visual inspections (e.g., once per



day) of process areas with equipment items in spent pulping



liquor, soap, and turpentine service;



          (ii)  Immediate repairs of leaking equipment



items, when possible.  Leaking equipment items that cannot



be repaired during normal operations must be identified,



temporary means for mitigating the leaks must be provided,



and the leaking equipment items repaired during the next



maintenance outage;



          (iii)   Identification of conditions under which



production will be curtailed or halted to repair leaking



equipment items or to prevent pulping liquor,  soap,  and



turpentine leaks and spills;  and



          (iv)  A means for tracking repairs over time to





                             811

-------
identify those equipment items where upgrade or replacement
may be warranted based on frequency and severity of leaks,
spills, or failures.
      (3)  The mill must operate continuous, automatic
monitoring systems that the mill determines are necessary to
detect and control leaks, spills, and intentional diversions
of spent pulping liquor,' soap, and turpentine.  These
monitoring systems should be integrated with the mill
process control system and may include, e.g., high level
monitors and alarms on storage tanks; process area
conductivity  (or pH) monitors and alarms; and process area
sewer, process wastewater, and wastewater treatment plant
conductivity  (or pH) monitors and alarms.
      (4)  The mill must establish a program of initial and
refresher training of operators, maintenance personnel, and
other technical and supervisory personnel who have
responsibility for operating, maintaining, or supervising
the operation and maintenance of equipment items in spent
pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine service.  The refresher
training must be conducted at least annually and the
training program must be documented.
      (5)  The mill must prepare  a brief report that
evaluates each spill of  spent pulping  liquor, soap, or
turpentine that is not  contained at the immediate process
area  and any  intentional diversion of  spent pulping liquor,
soap,  or turpentine that is  not  contained at the immediate

                             " 812

-------
containment  for  spent pulping  liquor bulk  storage  tanks.



      (8)  The mill must  install•and maintain  secondary



containment  for  turpentine bulk  storage tanks.



      (9)  The mill must  install  and maintain  curbing, diking



or other means of isolating soap and turpentine processing



and loading  areas from the wastewater treatment facilities.



      (10)  The mill must conduct wastewater monitoring to



detect leaks and spills, to track the effectiveness of the



BMPs, and to detect trends in  spent pulping liquor losses.



Such monitoring  must be performed in accordance with



paragraph (i) of this section.



      (d)  Requirement to develop a BMP Plan.  (1)   Each mill



subject to this  section must prepare and implement a BMP



Plan.  The BMP Plan must be based on a detailed engineering



review as described in paragraphs (d)(2) and  (3) of this



section.  The BMP Plan must specify the procedures and the



practices required for each mill to meet the  requirements of



paragraph (c) of this section, the construction the mill



determines is necessary to meet  those requirements including



a schedule for such construction, and the monitoring program



(including the statistically derived action levels) that



will be used to meet the requirements of paragraph (i) of



this section.  The BMP Plan also must specify the period of



time that the mill determines the action levels established



under paragraph  (h)  of this section may be exceeded without



triggering the responses specified .in paragraph (i) of this





                             814

-------
section.



      (2)  Each mill subject to this section must conduct a



detailed engineering review of the pulping and chemical



recovery operations --- including but not limited to process



equipment, storage tanks, pipelines and pumping systems,



loading and unloading facilities, and other appurtenant



pulping and chemical recovery equipment items in spent



pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine service -- for the



purpose of determining the magnitude and routing of



potential leaks, spills, and intentional diversions of spent



pulping liquors, soap, and turpentine during the following



periods of operation:



      (i) Process start-ups and shut downs;



      (ii) Maintenance;



      (iii) Production grade changes;



      (iv)  Storm or other weather events;



      (v) Power failures; and



      (vi) Normal operations.



      (3)  As part of the engineering review, the mill must



determine whether existing spent pulping liquor containment



facilities are of adequate capacity for collection and



storage of anticipated intentional liquor diversions with



sufficient contingency for collection and containment of



spills.  The engineering review must also consider:



      (i)  The need for continuous, automatic monitoring



systems to detect and control leaks and spills of spent





                             815

-------
 pulping liquor,  soap,  and turpentine;

      (ii)   The need for process wastewater diversion

 facilities to protect end-of-pipe wastewater treatment

 facilities from adverse effects of spills and diversions of

 spent pulping liquors, soap,  and turpentine;

      (iii)  The potential for .contamination of storm water


 from the immediate process areas; and

      (iv)   The extent to which segregation and/or collection

 and treatment of contaminated storm water from the immediate

 process areas is appropriate.

      (e)  Amendment of BMP Plan.  (1)   Each mill subject to

 this section must amend its BMP Plan whenever there is a

 change in mill design, construction, operation, or

 maintenance that materially affects the potential for leaks

 or spills of spent pulping liquor, turpentine, or soap from

 the immediate process areas.

      (2)  Each mill subject to this section must complete a

 review and evaluation of the BMP Plan five years after the

 first BMP Plan is prepared and, except as provided in

 paragraph (e)(1) of this section, once every five years
^)                                     .
 thereafter.   As a result of this review and evaluation, the

 mill must amend the BMP Plan within three months of the

 review if-the mill determines that any new or modified

 management practices and engineered controls are necessary

 to reduce significantly the likelihood of spent pulping

 liquor, soap, and turpentine leaks, spills, or intentional


                              816

-------
           (ii)  Records of initial and refresher training



conducted in accordance with paragraph (c)(4) of this



section;



           (iii)  Reports prepared in accordance with



paragraph  (c)(5) of this section; and



           (iv)  Records of monitoring required by paragraphs



(c)(10) and  (i) of this section.



      (h)  Establishment of wastewater treatment system



influent action levels.  (1)  Each mill subject to this



section must conduct a monitoring program, described in



paragraph  (2) of this section, for the purpose of defining



wastewater treatment system influent characteristics  (or



action levels), described in paragraph (3) of this section,



that will trigger Requirements to initiate investigations on



BMP effectiveness and to take corrective action.



      (2)  Each mill subject to this section must employ the



following procedures in order to develop the action levels



required by paragraph  (h) of this section:



           (i)  Monitoring parameters.  The mill must collect



24-hour composite samples and analyze the  samples for a



measure of organic content  (e.g., Chemical Oxygen Demand



(COD) or Total Organic Carbon  (TOC)).  Alternatively, the



mill may use a measure related to spent pulping liquor



losses measured continuously and averaged  over 24 hours




(e.g., specific conductivity or color).



           (ii)  Monitoring locations.  For direct





                             818

-------
 dischargers, monitoring must be  conducted  at  the  point
 influent enters the wastewater treatment system.   For
 indirect dischargers monitoring  must be conducted at the
 point of discharge to the POTW.  For the purposes of this
 requirement, the mill may select alternate monitoring
 point(s) in order to isolate possible sources of  spent
 pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine from other possible
 sources of organic wastewaters that are tributary to the
 wastewater treatment facilities  (e.g., bleach plants, paper
 machines and secondary fiber operations).
      (3)  By the date prescribed in paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of
 this section, each existing discharger subject to this
 section must complete an initial six-month monitoring
 program using the procedures specified in  paragraph  (h)(2)
 of this section and must establish initial action levels
 based on the results of that program.  A wastewater
 treatment influent action level  is a statistically
 determined pollutant loading determined by a statistical
 analysis of six months of daily measurements.   The action
 levels must consist of a lower action level,  which if
 exceeded will trigger the investigation requirements
described in paragraph (i)  of this section, and an upper
action level,  which if exceeded will trigger the corrective
action requirements described in paragraph (i) of this
section.
                             819

-------
      (4)  By the date prescribed in paragraph  (j)(1)(vi) of



this section, each existing discharger must complete a



second six-month monitoring program using the procedures



specified in paragraph  (h)(2) of this section and must



establish revised action levels based on the results of that




program.  The initial action levels shall remain in effect



until replaced by revised action levels.



      (5)  By the date prescribed in paragraph  (j) (2) of this



section, each new source subject to this section must



complete a six-month monitoring program using the procedures



specified in paragraph  (h) (2) of this section and must



develop a lower action  level and an upper action level based




on the results of that  program.



      (6)  Action levels developed under this paragraph must



be revised using six months of monitoring data after any



change in mill design,  construction, operation, or



maintenance that materially affects the potential for leaks



or spills of spent pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine from



the immediate process areas.



      (i)  Monitoring, corrective action, and reporting



requirements.   (1)  Each mill subject to this section must



conduct daily monitoring of the influent to the wastewater



treatment system in accordance with the procedures described



in paragraph  (h)(2) of  this section for the purpose of



detecting leaks and spills, tracking the effectiveness of



the BMPs, and detecting trends in spent pulping liquor




                             820

-------
once per year.



      (j)  Compliance deadlines.   (1)  Existing direct and



indirect dischargers.  Except as provided in paragraph



(j)(2) of this section for new sources, indirect discharging



mills subject to this section must meet the deadlines set



forth below.  Except as provided in paragraph  (j)(2) of this



section for new sources, NPDES permits must require direct



discharging mills subject to this section to meet the



deadlines set forth below.  If a deadline set forth below



has passed at the time the NPDES permit containing the BMP



requirement is issued, the NPDES permit must require



•immediate compliance with such BMP requirement(s).



           (i)  Prepare BMP Plans and certify to the



permitting or pretreatment authority that the BMP Plan has



been prepared in accordance with this regulation not later



than  [insert date 12 months after date of publication];




           (ii)  Implement all BMPs specified in paragraph



 (c) of this section that do not require the construction of



containment or diversion structures or the installation of



monitoring and alarm systems not  later than  [insert date 12




months after date of publication].




           (iii)  Establish initial action levels  required by



paragraph  (h)(3) of this section  not later than  [insert date




12 months  after date of publication].




           (iv)  Commence .operation of  any new  or  upgraded





                             822

-------
after commencement of discharge, based on six months of



monitoring data obtained prior to that date in accordance



with the procedures specified in paragraph  (h) (2) of this



section.



Subpart A-Dissolving Kraft Subcategory




§ 430.10  Applicability; description of the dissolving kraft




subcategory.




     The provisions of this subpart apply to discharges



resulting from the production of dissolving pulp at kraft



mills.



§ 430.11  Specialized definitions.




     For the purpose of this subpart, the general



definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set



forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall



apply to this subpart.



§ 430.12  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best




practicable control technology currently available (BPT).




     (a)  Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through



125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart



must achieve the following effluent limitations representing



the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the



application of the best practicable control technology



currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous



dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and




                             824

-------
average  of  30  consecutive  days  limitations but  shall be



subject  to  annual  average  effluent  limitations:



                          Subpart A
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
23.6
37.3
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
12.25
20.05
(l)
Non - cont inuous
dischargers
6.88
11.02
H.
^Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.






      (b)  The following limitations establish the quantity



or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled



by this section,  resulting from the use of wet barking



operations, which may be discharged by a point source



subject to the provisions of this subpart.  These



limitations are  in addition to  the limitations set  forth  in



paragraph  (a) of  this section and shall be calculated using



the proportion of the mill's- total production due to use  of



logs which are subject to such  operations.  Non-cont inuous



dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and



average of 30 consecutive days  limitations, but shall be



subject to annual average effluent limitations:
                             825

-------
                          Subpart A
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
3.2
6.9
C1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
1.7
3.75
(a)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.95
2.0
H
JWithin the range of 5.0 to 9.0  at all times.



      (c)  The following limitations establish the quantity



or quality of pollutants or pollutant parameters, controlled



by this section, resulting from the use of log washing or



chip washing operations, which may be discharged by a point



source subject to the provisions of this subpart.  These



limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in



paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using



the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of



logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations. Non-



continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum



day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but



shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:
                             826

-------
                          Subpart A
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
-. . BPT effluent limitations
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
, Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.35
0.70
H
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.2
0.4
(*)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.1
0.2
H
       tne range of 5.0 to 9.0 at air times.




      (d)  The following limitations establish the quantity



or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled



by this section, resulting from  the use of log flumes or log



ponds, which may be discharged by a point source subject to



the provisions of this subpart.  These limitations are in



addition to the limitations set  forth in paragraph  (a) of



this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of



the mill's total production due  to use of logs which are



subject to such operations.  Non-continuous dischargers



shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30



consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to the



annual average effluent limitations:
                             827

-------
                          Subpart A
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property •
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.6
1.45
(x)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.35
0.8
t1)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.2
0.4
(x)
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




§ 430.13  Effluent limitations guidelines representing the




degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application




of the best conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any



existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve



the following effluent limitations representing the degree



of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the



best conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT): The



limitations shall be the  same as those specified for



conventional pollutants  (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16)



in § 430.12 of this subpart for the best practicable control



technology currently available  (BPT).



§ 430.14  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best




available technology economically achievable  (BAT).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any
                             828

-------
 existing point source subject to this subpart  where



 chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must  achieve the



 following effluent limitations representing the degree of



 effluent reduction attainable by the  application  of the best



 available technology economically achievable (BAT).   Non-



 continuous dischargers shall  not be subject to the  maximum



 day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000  Ib)  but shall be



 subject  to concentration limitations.   Concentration



 limitations are only applicable  to non-continuous



 dischargers.   Permittees not  using chlorophenolic-containing



 biocides must  certify to the  permit-issuing authority that



 they are not using these biocides:



                          Subpart A
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Tri chlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0025
0.016
Milligrams/liter
(0.011) (55.1)/y
(0.068) (55.1)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
§ 430.15  New source performance standards (NSPS).




     Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the



following new source performance standards (NSPS), except



that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the



maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent



limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual
                             829

-------
average effluent limitations.  Also, for non-continuous



dischargers, concentration limitations  (mg/1)  shall  apply,



where provided.  Concentration limitations will only apply



to non-continuous dischargers.  Only facilities where



chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used  shall be subject



to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations.



Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides  must



certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not



using these biocides:



                          Subpart A
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
PH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
15.6
27.3
t1 )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
8.4
14.3
(x )
Non-continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
4.4
7.5
(x )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0025
0.016
Milligrams/liter
(0.012) (50.7)/y
(0.074) (50.7)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                             830

-------
 § 430.16   Pretreatment standards for existing sources

 (PSES).

      Except  as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any

 existing  source subject to this subpart that introduces

 pollutants, into a publicly owned treatment works must:

 comply with  40 CFR part 403;  and achieve the following

 pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it

 uses  chlorophenolic-containing biocides.   Permittees not

 using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the

 permit-issuing authority that they are not using these

 biocides.  PSES must  be attained on or before July 1, 1984:

                          Subpart A
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.011) (55.1)/y
(0.082) (55.1)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 lb) of product3
0.0025
0.019
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
aThe following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
§ 430.17  Pretreatment  standards for new sources (PSNS).

     Except as provided in  40  CFR 403.7,  any new source

subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a

publicly owned treatment works "must:  comply with 40 CFR part

403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for

new sources (PSNS) if it uses  chlorophenolic-containing
                             831

-------
biocides.  Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing

biocides must  certify to the permit-issuing authority that

they are not using these biocides:

                          Subpart A
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.012) (50.7)/y
(0.089) (50.7)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of producta
0.0025
0.019
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
"The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
Subpart B-Bleached Papergrade Kraft and Soda Subcategory

§ 430.20  Applicability;  description of the bleached

papergrade kraft and soda subcategory.

     The provisions of this subpart apply to discharges

resulting from:  the production of market pulp at bleached

kraft mills;  the integrated production of paperboard, coarse

paper, and tissue paper at bleached kraft mills; the

integrated production of pulp and fine papers at bleached

kraft mills;  and the integrated production of pulp and paper

at soda mills.

§ 430.21  Specialized definitions.

      (a)  The general definitions, abbreviations, and

methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and §

430.01 of this part apply to this subpart.
                              832

-------
      (b)  Baseline BAT limitations or NSPS means the BAT



limitations specified in §430.24(a)(1) or  (2), as



applicable, and the NSPS specified in § 430.25(b)(1) or  (2),



as applicable, that apply to any direct discharger that is



not "enrolled" in the "Voluntary Advanced Technology



Incentives Program."



      (c)  Enroll means to notify the permitting authority



that a mill intends to participate in the "Voluntary



Advanced Technology Incentives Program."  A mill can enroll



by indicating its intention to participate in the program



either as part of its application for a National Pollutant



Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit, or through



separate correspondence to the permitting authority as long



as the mill signs the correspondence in accordance with 40



CFR 122.22.



      (d)  Existing effluent quality means the level at which



the pollutants identified in § 430.24(a)(1) are present in



the effluent of a mill "enrolled" in the "Voluntary Advanced



Technology Incentives Program."



      (e)  Kappa number is a measure of the lignin content in



unbleached pulp, determined after pulping and prior to



bleaching.



      (f)  Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program



is the program established under § 430.24(b)  (for existing



direct dischargers) and § 430.25 (c) (for new direct



dischargers) whereby participating mills agree to accept





                             833

-------
enforceable effluent limitations and conditions  in  their



NPDES permits that are more stringent than the  "baseline BAT



limitations or NSPS" that would otherwise apply,  in exchange



for regulatory- and enforcement-related rewards  and



incentives.



§ 430.22  Effluent limitations representing the  degree  of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best




practicable control technology currently available  (BPT).




      (a)  Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through



125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart



must achieve the following effluent limitations  representing



the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the



application of the best practicable control technology



currently available (BPT):



                          Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
15.45
30.4
D
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
8.05
16.4
(l)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
4.52
9.01
C1)
*Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                             834

-------
                      Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper,
and tissue paper are produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
13.65
24.0
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
7.1
12.9
C1)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
3.99
7.09
H
tne range or  5.0 to 9.0 at all  times.




                      Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are
produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
10.6
22.15
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
5.5
11.9
(*)
Non - cont inuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
3.09
6.54
C1)
tne range or 5.0 to 9.0  at  all times.
                         835

-------
                          Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
soda facilities where pulp and paper are produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any
1 day
13.7
24.5
C1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
7.1
13.2
H
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
3.99
7.25
H
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.



      (b)  The following limitations  establish the  quantity



or quality of pollutants or pollutant  properties,  controlled



by this section,  resulting from the  use  of wet barking



operations, which may  be discharged  by a point source



subject to the provisions of. this  subpart.   These



limitations are  in  addition to  the limitations set forth in



paragraph  (a) of this  section and  shall  be calculated  using



the proportion of the  mill's total production due  to use of



logs which are subject to such  operations:
                             836

-------
                              Subpart  B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
pH
, .BPT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1 day
2.3
5.3
t1.).
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
1.2
2.85
C1)
Non - cont inuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.70
1.55
f1)
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




                             Subpart  B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper,
and tissue paper are produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
2.25
5.75
C1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive ,days
1.2
3.1
(')
Non- cont inuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0 . 65
1.70
H
aWithin the range of 5.0  to  9.0 at all times.
                                 837

-------
                          Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are
produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
1.95
5.3
C1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
1.0
2.85
(l)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0 . 55
"l.55
H
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




                          Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
soda facilities where pulp and papers are produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
2.05
5.25
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
1.1
2. 8
(l)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average )
0.60
1.55
H
lWithin the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




      (c)  The following limitations establish the quantity



or quality of pollutants or pollutant  parameters, controlled



by this section,  resulting from the use of log washing or



chip washing operations,  which may be  discharged by a point



source subject to the  provisions of this subpart.  These



limitations are  in addition to the limitations set forth in



paragraph  (a) of this  section and shall be calculated using
                             838

-------
 the proportion  of the mill's total  production due to  use of



 logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations:



                            Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.2
0.6
C1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.1
0.3
t1)
Non - cont inuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.1
0.15
H
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




                           Subpart  B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper,
and tissue paper are produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.25
0.65
D
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.15
0.35
C1)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.05
0.20
(*)
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                              839

-------
                          Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are
produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.2
0.55
H
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.1
0.3
(l)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.05
0.15
(l)
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




                          Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
soda facilities where pulp and papers are produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.15
0.5
H
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.1
0.25
(*)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.05
0.15
(x)
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.



      (d)  The  following limitations establish the quantity



or quality of  pollutants or pollutant  properties, controlled



by this section,  resulting from the use of log flumes  or  log



ponds, which may be discharged by a point source subject  to



the provisions of this subpart.   These limitations are in



addition to  the limitations set forth in paragraph  (a)  of
                              840

-------
this section  and-shall be calculated using  the  proportion of



the mill's total production due"to use of logs  which are



subject to such  operations:



                          Subpart  B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.4,
1.15
(x)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.2
0.6

Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.15
0.35
P)
xWithin the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




                          Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper,
and tissue paper are produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
* Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.45
1.25
0)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.25
0.7
P)
xWithin the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times .
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0 . 10
0.35
P)

                             841

-------
                           Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
PH,
BPT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are
produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.35
1.15
(x)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.2
0.6
C1)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.10
0.30
(*)
xWithin the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                           Subpart  B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
parameter
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
soda facilities where pulp and papers are produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.3
1.1
C1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.2
0.55
H
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.10
0-.35
t1)
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




§ 430.23  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of  the best




conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32,  any



existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve
                              842

-------
the  following  effluent  limitations  representing the degree



of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the



best conventional pollutant  control technology  (BCT).  The



limitations shall be the  same  as those specified in § 430.22



of this subpart  for the best practicable control technology



currently available  (BPT).



§ 430.24  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent reduction attainable  by the application of best




available technology economically achievable  (BAT).




     Except as provided in 40  CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any



existing point source subject  to this subpart must achieve



the following effluent  limitations  representing the degree



of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the



best available technology economically achievable  (BAT).



     (a)  Except as provided in paragraph  (b)  of this



section--(1)  the following  effluent limitations apply with



respect to each fiber line that does not use an exclusively



TCF bleaching process,  as disclosed by the discharger in its



NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3)  and



certified under 40 CFR  122.22:
                             843

-------
                        Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant property
TCDD
TCDF
Chloroform
Trichlorosyringol
3,4,5-
trichlorocatechol
3,4,6-
trichlorocatechol
3,4,5-
trichloroguaiacol
3,4,6-
tri chloroguaiacol
4,5,6-
trichloroguaiacol
2,4, 5-trichlorophenol
2,4, 6-trichlorophenol
Tetrachlorocatechol
Tetrachloroguaiacol
2,3,4,6-
tetrachlorophenol
Pentachlorophenol

AOX
COD
BAT effluent limitations
Maximum for any
1 day

-------
      This regulation does not specify this type of limitation for this
      pollutant;  however,  permitting authorities may do so as
      appropriate.
      picograms per liter.
      grams per 1,000 kilograms (g/kkg).
      [Reserved].
            (2) The following effluent limitations apply with

respect to each  fiber line that  uses exclusively TCP

bleaching processes,  as disclosed by the discharger in its

NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and

certified under  40  CFR 122.22:

                            Subpart B
Pollutant or
pollutant
property
AOX
COD
BAT effluent limitations (TCP)
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for
any 1 day
Monthly
average
Non- continuous
dischargers
Maximum for
any 1 day
Annual
Average
kg/kkg(or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product

-------
quality or the discharger's current effluent limitations



established under CWA section 301(b)(2), whichever are more



stringent, for the pollutants identified in paragraph  (a)(1)



of this section  (with the exception of COD).  For AOX, the



permitting authority must determine existing effluent



quality for each fiber line enrolled in the Voluntary



Advanced Technology Incentives Program at the end of the



pipe based on loadings attributable to that fiber line.  For



the remaining pollutants, with the exception of COD, the



permitting authority must determine existing effluent



quality for each fiber line enrolled in the Voluntary



Advanced Technology Incentives Program at the point where



the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach



plant.  These limitations must be recalculated each time the



NPDES permit of a discharger enrolled in the Voluntary



Advanced Technology Incentives Program is reissued, up to:



                (i)   [insert date 6 years from date of




publication] for all pollutants in paragraph  (a)(1) of this




section except AOX; and



                (ii) The date specified in paragraph



 (b) (4) (ii) of this section for achieving the applicable AOX



limitation specified in paragraph  (b)(4)(i).



           (2)  Best Professional Judgment Milestones:




Narrative or numeric limitations and/or special permit



conditions, as appropriate, established by the permitting
                             846

-------
authority on the  basis  of his  or her best  professional



judgment  that reflect reasonable interim milestones  toward



achievement  of the  effluent  limitations  specified in



paragraphs (b) (3) and  (b)(4) of  this section,  as  applicable.



           (3)   Six-year Milestones:   By  [insert date six




years from the date of  publication],  all dischargers




enrolled  in  the Voluntary Advanced Technology  Incentives'



Program must achieve the  following:



                (i)  The  effluent  limitations specified in



paragraph (a)(1)  of this  section, except that, with  respect



to AOX, dischargers subject  to Tier  I effluent limitations



specified in paragraph  (b)(4)(i)  of  this section  must



achieve the  AOX limitation specified in  that paragraph; or



                (ii)  For dischargers  that use exclusively TCP



bleaching processes as  of  [insert date six years  from the




date of publication}, the  effluent limitations specified in




paragraph (a)(2)  of this section.
                             847

-------
 to
 §
•H
•U
 «C
4J
•H





ta

0
-H
4->
(«
-H
e
•H
EH
I-M


td
81
M
eu
m
(D
-H

0)
M
o
rH
1
o
Q)
EH
T5
0)
O
1
Tl
-*fj
r«*4
.
t*
r-1
(d

_i
H
rH
(D
4-J
(d
g

"*"!
rH
53










*— %
^1
j*i
§ "oi
"












tci
O
EH




d
O
EH
I
rt
g

_i <"
9 S1
3 rl
B (U
S >
•^ id

g !>i
-H "* 'd
X rl
(B 0 rH
S 'II

_1 <1J
1i?
d S
flj


g S»,
3 d >^
£ tO nj
-H T!
td O H
g "rl


ii -^ s
o o g
fp JJ fp "
co td 
rH* , ~§ **
3 (!) 0) •£ rH
rH CO CO * d
ttf g d jj d
O *O 'O J3 *^^
EH d d _j
8 8 ft



.£ H1
(tf "
t, r™i
•j U
t **^
"t-l ^
S ^




ft«1|
™ 3 5 
f^4




rl
(U
-H
EH





'


O
i-H
S
V



VD
O




00
in
o






\










•°







Ti Ti
° S ° S
S m g w
0 .g -H CO | -H

9 3 JS 3
. 	 MH iJ. M-l



H
rl
0)
•rl
EH





•o


u
V



O
H
O




CN
O




O)
£
••w
meters/
0
-H
43
U
o
rH







•°







<
&





H
H
(D
-H
EH





•o


u
S
V



in
o
o




i-H
o





*
meters/
u
-H
43
3
U

in







•°







<
&





H,
H
S-l
0),
-H
EH



03
03 -rl
(U
03 SH
03  
U CF! 4->
H d
03 -H
>i (D O
rH 4J ft
(U CS
> k 0)
-rl 4-1 41
10 rH 4->
3 -H
rH 4H O
U 4-1
X rH
(U H ft
ttf 3
0)
03 m in
ri n o)
es not i
system <
filtrati
o
10 rTrl
4J 0) nj
(ti ^
41 0 03
4-1 U 0)
(U T3
CU rl 3
d rH
-H rH U
rH (B d
U -H
(U g in
43 tt) -H
-H 41 41
M-l U 4J

>•, (U -
d 41 H
(B 4->
rl
O O i t>
t) U
P< CU
01
•• CD d
fa 4J -H
U 0) rd
EH t-H U
' ft tB
d g o)
d U 43


     g1
  •  -H
4-1  4-1
 d  4-1
 tB  -rl
4J   g
 3   rl
rH   0)
rH   ft

 ft   -

 M   (U
 td   >
rH   (1)

 o   o
-rl  41
4J

 tB  4->
 ft  d
     (B
   en    •
 0) -H   (D
rH 41   4->
     4J  (0
 g      -H

 g t-l  ft
•H -H  O
 d  U  >H
•rl  (U  ft
 g  ft  ft
     03  (d
                                                                                                              -H
                                                                                                              (U
                                                                                                              41
                                                                                                              4-1

                                                                                                               d
                                                                                                               ns
                                                                                                              41
                                                                                                              4-1

                                                                                                               03
                                                                                                               03
                                                                                                               0)
                                                                                                              i-H
                                                                                                            •   tB
                                                                                                          Ti   i  o
 O   td -H
-H   g rH
4-1       ft
 td   co  ft
rH   (U  (B
 3  -H
 CD -P 4-1
 (U  -H  O
 M   S-l  d
     O =
 03  41
-H  4->  tQ
                                                                                                                           •a!
                                                                                                                                                          oo
                                                                                                                                                          •sf
                                                                                                                                                          oo

-------
                (ii)  ^Deadlines.  (A)   A discharger enrolled
                     '£  -*"

 in Tier I  of the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives


 Program must achieve the  Tier I  limitations in paragraph


 (b) (4) (i)  of this section by [insert date six years from the



 date of publication].



                     (B)   A discharger enrolled in Tier II of


 the  Voluntary Advanced Technology  Incentives Program must


 achieve the  Tier II  limitations  in paragraph (b) (4) (i)  of


 this section by  [insert date eleven years from the date of



publication].



                     (C)   A discharger enrolled in Tier III


of the  Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program must


achieve the  Tier III limitations in  paragraph (b)(4)(i)  of


this section by  [insert date sixteen years from the date of



publication].



      (c) [RESERVED].



      (d)  The following additional effluent  limitations


apply to all  dischargers  subject to  this  section  in


accordance with  the  previous  subcategorization scheme unless


the  discharger certifies  to  the permitting authority that  it


is not using  these compounds  as biocides.  Also,  for non-


continuous dischargers, concentration limitations  (mg/1)


shall apply.  Concentration  limitations will  only  apply  to


non-continuous dischargers:
                             849

-------
Subpart B
Pollutant or pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental BAT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is
produced
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product
0.0019
0.012
Milligrams/liter
(0.011) (41. 6) /y
(0.068) (41. 6) /y
y - wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
Subpart B
Pollutant or pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental BAT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where paperboard,
coarse paper, and tissue paper are produced
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product
0.0016
0.010
Milligrams /liter
(0.011) (35.4)/y
(0.068) (35.4)/y
y " wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
    850

-------
                          Subpart B
Pollutant or pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental BAT effluent limitations for
bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine
papers are produced and soda facilities where
pulp and paper are produced
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product
0.0014
0.0088
Milligrams /liter
(0.011) (30.9)/y
(0.068) (30.9)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
      (e)  Pursuant to 40  CFR  122.44(1) and  122.45(h),  a



discharger must demonstrate compliance with the effluent



limitations in paragraph  (a)(1) or  (b)(3) of this section,



as applicable, by monitoring  for all pollutants  (except for



AOX and COD) at the point where the wastewater containing



those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.   The permitting



authority may impose effluent limitations and/or monitoring



requirements on internal wastestreams for any other



pollutants covered in this section as appropriate under 40



CFR 122.44 (i) and 122.45(h).  In addition, a discharger



subject to a limitation on total pulping area condensate,



evaporator condensate, and bleach plant wastewater flow



under paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section,  for Tier II and



Tier III, must demonstrate compliance with  that limitation



by establishing and maintaining flow measurement equipment



to monitor'these flows at the point or points where they



leave the pulping area,  evaporator area, and bleach plant.
                             851

-------
§ 430.25  New source performance  standards  (NSPS).




     New sources subject to this  subpart must  achieve the



following new source performance  standards  (NSPS),  as



applicable.



      (a)  The following standards apply to  each new source



that commenced discharge after  [insert date 10 years before




the date 60 days from  the  date  of publication]  and  before




[insert date 60 days from  the date pf publication} ,  provided




that the new source was constructed  to meet these standards:



                          Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BOD5
TSS
pH
1982 New Source Performance Standards for
bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is produced
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
Non- continuous
dischargers
Annual average
kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib)
of product
10.3
18.2
C1)
5.5
9.5
H
2.88
5.00
(l)
   Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                             852

-------
                           Subpart  B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
19 §2 New Source: Performance Standards for
bleached kraft facilities where paperboard, coarse paper,
and tissue paper are produced
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
Non - cont inuous
dischargers
Annual average
kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib)
of product
8.5
14.6
H
4.6
7.6
(x)
2.41
4.00
C1)
   Within the range of 5.0  to 9.0 at all times.




                           Subpart  B
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
1982 New Source Performance Standards for
bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine papers are
produced and soda facilities where pulp and paper are
produced
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
Non- continuous
dischargers
Annual average
kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib)
of product
5.7
9.1
(l)
3.1
4.8
P)
1.62
2.53
P)
(1) Within the range of 5.0  to 9.0 at all times.






      (b)   Except as provided in paragraph (c)  of this



section--(1)  The following standards apply with respect to
                               853

-------
each new source fiber line that does not use an exclusively



TCP bleaching process, as disclosed by the discharger in its



NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and



certified under 40 CFR 122.22, and that commences discharge



after [insert date 60 days from publication] :
                             854

-------
Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant property
TCDD
TCDF
Chloroform
Trichlorosyringol
3,4,5-
trichlorocatechol
3,4,6-
trichlorocatechol
3,4,5-
trichloroguaiacol
3,4,6-
trichloroguaiacol
4,5,6-
trichloroguaiacol
2,4, 5-trichlorophenol
2,4, 6-trichlorophenol
Tetrachlorocatechol
Tetrachloroguaiacol
2,3,4,6-
tetrachlorophenol
Pentachlorophenol

AOX
BOD5 '
TSS
pH
NSPS
Maximum for any
1 day

-------
  COD
 C1)
"
-------
     pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as
     appropriate.
c     [Reserved].
d>,   Kilograms per 1,000 kilograms (kg/kkg).
 C1)   Within the range of 5.0 to  9.0 at all times.



      (c)   With respect  to each new source fiber line that  is

enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives

Program,  dischargers subject to this section must achieve:

           (1)   The  standards specified  in paragraph  (b)(1)  ,

of this  section (except for  AOX)  or paragraph (b)(2) of this

section,  as applicable;  and
                              857

-------
O
to
1
S c >N
g td cd
•H -d
V^ J.
td O rH
e 
•H
tn
3
H
U
XI
0

0)
CO
3

JJ
0
a

02
0
O
•d

JJ
(tf
fi
JJ

0)
fl
-H
rH

rl
0
X!
-H
M-l

!>i
a
(d

o
JJ

10
rt
-H
cd
JJ,
rl
0
CM


fa
U
EH
I
a
o
a









o
JJ

rl
o
•H
rl
ft

'd
0)
JJ
nJ
ri
0
C
0
en

01
0)
4->
(8
M
4J
rH
-H
M-l

rH
r-H
(«

IH
o

B
a>
JJ
ra
>i
01

>-.
rl
(U
0
U
0
rl

1-1
n5
u
-H
e
1
0
0)
SH

0
4J
0
rH
ft
&
O
o




















































































•
01
e
-H
X!
U
(C
0
rH
X!












^1
nJ
i— i
3
U
•H
i)
!^
td
ft

0
f\
4J

^1
0
in

^ — .
-H
* — '
H
O
•
O
fl
^f

COT

a
-H

Ti
0
•H
>w
-H
O
0
ft
01
r-H
0
>
0
rH

g

g
-H
C
-H
e

0
J3
JJ

a
(0
X!
JJ

01
01
0
H

01
c
(0
0

r
J
s
V
=





















































































jj
9
4J
3
1-1
r-i
0
ft
en
S
4J
4J
-H
S
k
0
ft

«.
M
0
>
0
s
o
£1

••*
4J
rt
(C
4J
3
i-H
i-H
O
ft

01
-H
A
4J

H
O
M-l

fl
O
•H
JJ
(C
JJ
-r)
g
-H
rH

4-f
O

0
s
JJ

01
-H
J3
JJ

^
M-l
-H
O
0
ft
01

JJ
O
e!

01
0
o
-d

s
o
•H
JJ
ni
r-H
S
cn
0
H

01
-H
J3
EH

























































•
0
JJ
(ti
-H
rl
ft
0
iH
ft
ft
(8

01
(ti

0
01

O
T!

>H
(C
g

01
0
•rl
JJ
-rl
rl
O
J3
JJ
s
(C
oo
ir>
oo

-------
      (d)  These additional standards apply to all new



sources, regardless of when they commenced discharge, in



accordance with the previous subcategorization scheme unless



the discharger certifies to the permitting authority that it



is not using these compounds as biocides.  Also/ for non-



continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/1)



shall apply.  Concentration limitations will only apply to



non-continuous dischargers:





                         Subpart B
Pollutant or pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental NSPS for
bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is
produced
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product
0.0019
0.012
Milligrams /liter
(0.013) (36.6)/y
(0.077) (36. 6)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                         Subpart B
Pollutant or pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental NSPS for ' «
bleached kraft facilities where paperboard,
coarse paper, and tissue paper are produced
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per 1,000
lb)of product
0.0016
0.010
Milligrams/liter
(0.012) (31.7)/y
(0.076) (31.7)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                            859

-------
                          Subpart  B
Pollutant or pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental NSPS for
bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine
papers are produced and soda facilities where
pulp and paper are produced
Maximum for any 1 day
- kg/kkg
(or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product
0.0014
0.0088
Milligrams /liter
(0.014) (25.1)/y
. (0.084) (25.1)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
     (e)  Pursuant to 40 CFR 122.44(1) and 122.45 (h), a



discharger must demonstrate compliance with the limitations



in paragraph  (b)(1) or  (c)(1) of this section, as



applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants  (except for



AOX, COD, BOD5,  TSS,  and pH)  at the point where the



wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach



plant.  The permitting authority may impose effluent



limitations and/or monitoring requirements on internal



wastestreams  for any other pollutants covered in this



section as appropriate under 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h).



In addition,  a discharger subject to a limitation on total



pulping area  condensate, evaporator condensate, and bleach



plant wastewater flow under paragraph  (c)(2) of this section



must demonstrate compliance with that limitation by



establishing  and maintaining flow measurement equipment



monitoring these flows at the point or points where they



leave the pulping area, evaporator area,  and the bleach
                             860

-------
plant.



§430.26 Pretreatment standards for existing sources  (PSES)




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any



existing source subject to this subpart that introduces



pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must:



comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following



pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).



      (a)   (1)  The following pretreatment standards apply



with respect to each fiber line operated by an indirect



discharger subject to this section, unless the indirect



discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority



in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b) that it uses



exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line.



These pretreatment standards must be attained on or before



[insert date 3 years from publication date]:
                             861

-------
                        Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant property
TCDD
TCDF
Chloroform
Trichlorosyringol
3,4,5-
trichlorocatechol
3,4,6-
trichlorocatechol
3,4,5-
trichloroguaiacol
3,4,6-
trichlproguaiacol
4,5,6-
trichloroguaiacol
2,4, 5-trichlorophenol
2,4, 6-trichlorophenol
Tetrachlorocatechol
Tetrachloroguaiacol
2,3,4,6-
tetrachlorophenol
Pentachlorophenol
AOX
PSES
Maximum for any
1 day

-------
 with respect to each  fiber line operated by an indirect

 discharger subject to this section if the indirect

 discharger discloses  to the pretreatment control authority

 in a report submitted under 40  CFR 403.12(b)  that it uses

 exclusively TCP bleaching  processes at that fiber line.

 These pretreatment standards must  be attained on or before

 [insert date 3 years  from  publication date] :


                           Subpart B
Pollutant or
pollutant
parameter
AOX
PSES (TCF)
Maximum for any 1 day

-------
                    Subpart B
Pollutant or pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental PSES for
bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is
produced
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product
0.0019
0.014
Milligrams /liter
(0.011) (41.6)/y
(0.082) (41. 6) /y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                    Subpart B
Pollutant or pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental PSES for
bleached kraft facilities where paperboard,
coarse paper, and tissue paper are produced
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product
0.0016
. 0.012
Milligrams /liter
(0.011) (35.4)/y
(0.082) (35.4)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                    Subpart B
Pollutant or pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental PSES for
bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine
papers are produced and soda facilities where
pulp and paper are produced
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product
0.0014
0.011
Milligrams /liter
(0.011) (30.9)/y
(0.082) (30.9)/y
y =- wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
(c)  An indirect  discharger must demonstrate compliance
                        864

-------
with the pretreatment standards in paragraph  (a)(1) of this



section by monitoring at the point where the wastewater



containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.



§ 430.27 Pretreatment standards for new sources  (PSNS).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source



subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a



publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part



403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for



new sources (PSNS).



     (a)   (1)   The following pretreatment standards apply



with respect to each fiber line that is a new source,  unless



the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment



control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12



that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that



fiber line:
                             865

-------
                             Subpart B
Pollutant
or
pollutant property
TCDD
TCDF
Chloroform
Trichlorosyringol
3,4,5-
trichlorocatechol
3,4,6-
trichlorocatechol
3,4,5-
trichloroguaiacol
3,4,6-
trichloroguaiacol
4,5,6-
trichloroguaiacol
2,4, 5-trichlorophenol
2,4, 6-trichlorophenol
Tetrachlorocatechol
Tetrachloroguaiacol
2,3,4,6-
tetrachlorophenol
Pentachlorophenol
AOX
PSNS
Maximum for any
1 day

-------
 indirect discharger subject  to this section if the  indirect

 discharger discloses to  the  pretreatment control authority

 in a report submitted under  40 CFR 403.12(b)  that it uses

 exclusively TCP bleaching processes at that fiber line:

                          Subpart  B
Pollutant or
pollutant
parameter
AOX
PSNS (TCF)
Maximum for any 1 day

-------
                          Subpart  B
Pollutant or pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental PSNS for
bleached kraft facilities where market pulp is
produced
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per 1,000
lb)of product
0.0019
0.014
Milligrams /liter
(0.013) (36. 6) /y
(0.093) (36.6)/y
y — wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                          Subpart B
Pollutant or pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental PSNS for
bleached kraft facilities where paperboard,
coarse paper, and tissue paper are produced
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product
0.0016
0.012
Milligrams /liter
(0.012) (31.7)/y
(0.092) (31.7)/y
y « wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                          Subpart B
Pollutant or pollutant
parameter
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental PSNS for
bleached kraft facilities where pulp and fine
papers are produced and soda facilities where
pulp and paper are produced
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product
0.0014
0.011
Milligrams /liter
(0.014) (25.1)/y
(0.101) (25.1)/y
y - wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
      (c)  An indirect discharger must demonstrate  compliance



with the pretreatment standards in paragraph  (a) (1)  and of
                             868

-------
 this  section by monitoring  at the point where the wastewater



 containing  those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.



 §430.28 Best management practices  (BMPs).




      The definitions and requirements set  forth in 40 CFR



 430.03 apply to facilities  in this subpart.



 Subpart C--Unbleached Kraft Subcategory




 § 430.30  Applicability; description of the unbleached kraft




 subcategory.




      The provisions of this subpart are applicable to



 discharges  resulting from: the production of pulp and paper



 at unbleached kraft mills; the production of pulp and paper



 at unbleached kraft-neutral sulfite semi-chemical (cross



 recovery) mills; and the production of pulp and paper at



 combined unbleached kraft and semi-chemical mills, wherein



 the spent semi-chemical cooking liquor is burned within the



 unbleached  kraft chemical recovery system.



 § 430.31  Specialized definitions.




      For the purpose of this subpart,  the general



 definitions, abbreviations,  and methods of analysis set



 forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall



 apply to this subpart.



 § 430.32  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




 effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best




practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
                             869

-------
     Except  as  provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through  125.32,  any



existing point  source subject to this subpart must  achieve



the following effluent limitations representing the degree



of effluent  reduction attainable by the application of  the



best practicable control technology currently available




(BPT):



                           Subpart  C
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BOD5
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
unbleached kraft facilities
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Maximum for any 1
day
5.6
12.0
- (*)
Average of daily values for 30
consecutive days
2.8
6.0
t1)
1Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.




                          Subpart  C
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
unbleached kraft facilities producing pulp and paper using
the unbleached kraft-neutral sulfite semi-chemical (cross
recovery) process
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Maximum for any 1
day
8.0
12.5
C1)
Average of daily values for
consecutive days
30
4.0
6.25
C1-)
Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times
                              870

-------
                          Subpart C
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BOD5
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
unbleached kraft facilities where pulp and paper are
-produced using a combined unbleached kraft and semi-
chemical process, wherein the spent semi-chemical cooking
liquor is burned within the unbleached kraft chemical
recovery system
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Maximum for any 1
day
a
a
a
Average of daily values for 30
consecutive days
a
a
a
a [Reserved].




§ 430.33  Effluent limitations guidelines representing the




degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application




of the best conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125,30 through 125.32, any



existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve



the following effluent limitations representing the degree



of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the



best conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT), except



that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the



maximum day and average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations,



but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:
                             871

-------
                           Subpart  C
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BCT effluent limitations for
unbleached kraft facilities
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
5.6
12.0
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
2.8
6.0
C1)
Non-continuoxis
di s chargers
(Annual Average)
1.9
3.6
H
Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.




                          Subpart  C
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BCT effluent limitations for unbleached kraft -neutral
sulfite semi-chemical (-cross recovery) process and/or a
combined unbleached kraft and semi-chemical process,
wherein the spent semi-chemical cooking liquor is burned
within the unbleached kraft chemical recovery system
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
8.0
12.5
0)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
4.0
6.25
(l)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
2.9
3.57
t1)
Within the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.




§ 430.34  Effluent limitations representing the degree  of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of  the best




available technology economically achievable  (BAT).




     Except  as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32,  any



existing point source subject to this subpart where
                              872

-------
chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the



following effluent limitations representing the degree of



effluent reduction.attainable by the application of the best



available technology economically achievable (BAT).  Non-



continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum



day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 Ib),  but shall be



subject to concentration limitations.  Concentration



limitations are only applicable to non-continuous



dischargers.  Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing



biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that



they are not using these biocides:



                          Subpart C
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Tr i ch.1 or opheno 1
BAT effluent limitations for
unbleached kraft facilities
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.00058
0.00053
Milligrams/liter
(0.011) (12. 6) /y
(0.010) (12.6)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                             873

-------
                          Subpart C
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
• BAT effluent limitations for
unbleached kraft facilities where pulp and paper
are produced using the unbleached kraft-neutral
sulfite semi -chemical (cross recovery) process
and/or a combined unbleached kraft and semi-
chemical process, wherein the spent semi-chemical
cooking liquor is burned within the unbleached
kraft chemical recovery system
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.00064
0.00059
Milligrams/liter
(0.011) (14.0)/y
(0.010) (14.0)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
§ 430.35  New source performance standards  (NSPS).




     Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the



following new source performance standards  (NSPS), except



that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the



maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent



limitations for BODS and TSS, but shall be subject to annual



average effluent limitations.  Also, for non-continuous



dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/1) shall apply.,



where provided.  Concentration limitations will only apply



to non-continuous dischargers.  Only facilities where



chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject



to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations.



Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must



certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not



using these biocides:
                             874

-------
                       Subpart  C
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for
unbleached kraft facilities where
linerboard is produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
3.4
5.8
(x )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
1.8
3.0
t1 )
Non-continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
0 . 94 -
1.6
t1 )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.00058
0.00053
Milligrams/
liter
(0.015) (9.4)/y
(0.013) (9.4)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
cne range  or 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                         875

-------
                             Subpart  C
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for
unbleached kraft facilities where
bag paper and other mixed products are produced)
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
5.0
9.1
t1 )
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
2.7
4.8
t1 )
Non-
continuous
Dischargers
(Annual
Average )
1.4
2.5
0 )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.00058
0.00053
Milligrams/
liter
(0.012) (11.4)/y
(0.011) (11. 4) /y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
aWithin the range of 5.0 to 9.0  at all times.
                                  876

-------
                           Subpart  C
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for
unbleached kraft facilities where pulp and paper
are produced using the unbleached kraft -neutral
sulfite semi -chemical (cross recovery) process
and/or a combined unbleached kraft and semi-
chemical process, wherein the spent semi-chemical
cooking liquor is burned within the unbleached
kraft chemical recovery system
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
3.9
7.3
(x )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
2.1
3.8
(1 )
Non-continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
1.1
1.9
C1 )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.00064
0.00059
Milligrams/
liter
(0.013) (11. 5) /y
(0.012) (11.5)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
 Wtn the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




§ 430.36  Pretreatment standards for existing sources




 (PSES).




     Except as provided in 40  CFR 403.7  and 403.13,  any



existing source  subject to this  subpart  that introduces



pollutants into  a publicly owned treatment  works  must:



comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following
                             877

-------
pretreattnent standards for existing sources  (PSES) if  it

uses  chlorophenolic-containing  biocides.   Permittees not

using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify  to the

permit-issuing authority-that they are not using those

biocides.  PSES must  be attained on or before July 1,  1984:

                            Subpart C
Pollutant or1
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES for
unbleached kraft facilities
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/ liter
(0.011) (12. 6) /y
(0.010) (12. 6) /y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product*
0.00058
0.00053
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
"The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases  where POTWs  find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                            Subpart C
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Tr i chlorophenol
PSES for
unbleached kraft facilities where pulp and paper
are produced using the unbleached kraft -neutral
sulfite semi-chemical (cross recovery) process
and/or a combined unbleached kraft and semi-
chemical process, wherein the spent semi-chemical
cooking liquor is burned within the unbleached
kraft chemical recovery system
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter
(0.011) (14.0)/y
(0.010) (14.0) /y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product3
0.00064
0.00059
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
"The following equivalent mass limitations are provided ,as guidance in
cases where POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent  limitations.
                                878

-------
§ 430.37  Pretreatment standards for new  sources (PSNS).
      (a) Except  as provided in 40 CFR 403.7,  any new source

subject to this  subpart that introduces pollutants into a

publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part

403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for

new sources  (PSNS)  if it uses chlorophenolic-containing

biocides.  Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing

biocides must  certify to the permit-issuing authority that

they, are not using these biocides:

                           Subpart C
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS for
unbleached kraft facilities where linerboard
produced
is
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams /liter
(0.015) (9.4)/y
(0.013) (9.4)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product3
0.00058
0.00053
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
aThe following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in •
cases where POTWs  find it necessary to impose mass effluent  limitations
                              879

-------
                            Subpart C
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS for
unbleached kraft facilities where bag paper
other mixed products are produced
and
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter
(0.012) (11. 4) /y
(0.011) (11.4)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,
Ib) of product2
000
0.00058
0.00053
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
 "The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases where POTWs  find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                            Subpart C
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS for
unbleached kraft facilities where pulp and paper
are produced using the unbleached kraft -neutrsil
sulfite semi-chemical (cross recovery) process
and/or a combined unbleached kraft and semi-
chemical process, wherein the spent semi-chemical
cooking liquor is burned within the unbleached
kraft chemical recovery system
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter
(0.013) (11.5)/y
(0.012) (11. 5) /y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product*
0.00064
0.00059
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
 aThe  following equivalent mass limitations are provided as  guidance in
cases  where POTWs find it  necessary to .impose mass effluent limitations.

Subpart D--Dissolving  Sulfite Pulp  Subcategory

§ 430.40  Applicability;  description  of the dissolving

sulfite pulp  subcategory.

      The provisions of this  subpart are applicable to

discharges resulting from the production of pulp at
                                880

-------
dissolving sulfite mills.



§ 430.41  Specialized definitions.




     For the purpose of this subpart, the general



definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set



forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall



apply to this subpart.



§ 430.42  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best




practicable control technology currently available (BPT).




     (a)  Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through



125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart



must achieve the following effluent limitations representing



the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the



application of the best practicable control technology



currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous



dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and



average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be



subject to annual average effluent limitations:
                             881

-------
                              Subpart  D
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where nitration grade
pulp is produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
41.4
70.65
(x)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
21.5
38.05
H
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
12.1
20.9
(*)
xWithin the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times
                             Subpart  D
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where viscose grade
pulp is produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
44.3
70.65
t1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
23.0
38.05
(x)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
12.9
20.9
H
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times
                                 882

-------
                            S.ubpart D
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where cellophane grade
pulp is produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
48.05
70.65
(l) ' '
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
24.95
38.05
(x)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
14.0
20.9
P)
^Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                           'Subpart D
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where acetate grade
pulp is produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 1'b) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
50.80 D
70.65
(2)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
26.40 C1)
38.05
(2)
Non - c ont inuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
14.83 (*)
20.9
(2)
 BODS effluent limitations were remanded  (Weyerhaeuser Company,  et al v.
Costle, 590 F. 2nd 1011; D.C.  Circuit 1978).
2Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times

      (b)   The following limitations establish the quantity

or quality of pollutants  or pollutant properties, controlled

by this  section, resulting  from the use  of wet barking

operations,  which may  be  discharged by a point source

subject  to the provisions of this subpart.   These
                               883

-------
limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in



paragraph  (a) of this section and shall be calculated using



the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of



logs which are subject to such operations.  Non-continuous



dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and



average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall be



subject to annual average effluent limitations:



                          Subpart D
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.7
0.15
C1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.35
0.1
t1)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.2
0.05
H
aWithin the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.






      (c)  The following limitations establish the quantity



or quality of pollutants  or pollutant parameters, controlled



by this section, resulting from the use of log washing or



chip washing operations,  which  may be discharged by a point



source subject to the provisions of this subpart.  These



limitations are  in addition to  the limitations set forth in



paragraph  (a) of this section and shall be calculated using



the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of



logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations. Non-



continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum




                             884

-------
day and  average  of  30  consecutive days limitations,  but



shall be subject to the annual  average effluent  limitations



                          Subpart D
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.15
0.15
C1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.1
0.1
(l)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.05
0.05
(l)
'•Within the range of 5.0 to-9.0 at all times.






      (d)  The following limitations establish the quantity



or quality of pollutants  or pollutant properties, controlled



by this section,  resulting from the use of log flumes or  log



ponds, which may  be discharged  by a point source subj ect  to



the provisions of this subpart.  These limitations are  in



addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph  (a)  of



this section and  shall be calculated using the proportion of



the mill's total  production due to use of logs which are



subject to such operations.  Non-continuous dischargers



shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of  30



consecutive days  limitations but shall be subject to the



annual average effluent limitations:
                             885

-------
                          Subpart  D
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.15
0.15
(*)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.1
0.1
(l)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.05
0.05
C1)
aWithin the range of 5.0 to 9.0  at all times.




§ 430.43  Effluent limitations guidelines representing the




degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application




of the best conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any



existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve



the following effluent limitations representing the degree



of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the



best conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT): The



limitations shall be the same as those specified for



conventional pollutants  (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16)



in § 430.42 of this subpart for the best practicable control



technology currently available  (BPT).



§ 430.44  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best




available technology economically achievable  (BAT).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any
                             886

-------
existing point source subject to this subpart where



chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the



following effluent limitations representing the degree of



effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best



available technology economically achievable  (BAT).  Non-



continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum



day mass limitations in kg/kkg . (lb/1000 Ib) but shall be



subject to concentration limitations.  Concentration



limitations are only applicable to non-continuous



dischargers.  Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing



biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that



they are not using these biocides:



                          Subpart D
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where
nitration, viscose, or cellophane pulps are
produced
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0030
0.019
Milligrams /liter
(0.011) (66.0)/y
(0.068) (66.0)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                             887

-------
                          Subpart D
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pent achloropheno 1
Trichlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where acetate
grade pulp is produced
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0033
0.021
Milligrams/liter
(0.011) (72.7) /y
(0.068) (72.7) /y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
§ 430.15  New source performance standards (NSPS).




     Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the



following new source performance standards (NSPS), except



that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the



maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent



limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual



average effluent limitations.  Also, for non-continuous



dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/1)  shall apply,



where provided.  Concentration limitations will only apply



to non-continuous dischargers.  Only facilities where



chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be ^subject



to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations.



Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must



certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not



using these biocides:
                             888

-------
Subpart D
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where
nitration grade pulp is produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
26.9
40.8
f1 )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
14.5
21.3
(x )
Non- continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
7.59
11.2
t1 )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0030
0.019
Milligrams /liter
(0.012) (59.0)/y
(0.012) (59.0)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
   889

-------
                             Subpart D
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where viscose
grade pulp is produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
28.7
40.8
(l )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
15.5
21.3
(l )
Non- continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
8.12
11.2
0 )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0030
0.019
Milligrams /liter
(0.012) (59.0}/y
(0.012) (59.0)/y
y - wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                                 890

-------
                              Subpart  D
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
PH


Pentachlorophenol
Tr i chl or opheno 1
NSPS for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where
cellophane grade pulp is produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
31.2
40.8
't1 )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
16.8
21.3
(l )
Non-continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
8.80
11.2
C1 )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0030
0.019
Milligrams/liter
(0.012) (59.0) /y
(0.076) (59.0)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
'•wicnxn tne range or 5.0 to 9.0 at all  times.
                                 891

-------
                          Subpart D
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BOP5
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where acetate
grade pulp is produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
39.6
41.1
(i )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
21.4
21.5
C1 )
Non- continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
11.2
11.3
(J )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0033
0.021
Milligrams /liter
(0 .-012) (65.7) /y
(0.075) (65.7)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




§ 430.46  Pretreatment standards for existing  sources




(PSES)..




     Except as provided  in 40 CFR 403.7  and  403.13,  any



existing source  subject  to this  subpart  that introduces



pollutants into  a publicly owned treatment works must:



comply with 40 CFR part  403; and achieve the following



pretreatment  standards for existing sources  (PSES)  if it



uses chlorophenolic- containing  biocides.  Permittees not
                             892

-------
using  chlorophenolic-containing biocides  must certify to the

permit-issuing authority that they are  not using these

biocides.   PSES must be  attained on or  before July  1,  1984:


                           Subpart  D
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where
nitration, viscose, or cellophane grade pulps are
produced
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.011) (66.0) /y
(0.082) (66.0) /y
, Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product a
0.0030
0.023
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
aThe following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

                           Subpart  D
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where acetate
grade pulp is produced
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.011) (72. 7) /y
(0.082) (72.7)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0033
0.025
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
aThe following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to. impose mass effluent  limitations.

§ 430.47   Pretreatment  standards for new sources  (PSNS).

     Except as provided in  40 CFR 403.7,  any new  source

subject to this subpart that introduces  pollutants  into  a

publicly  owned treatment works must: comply with  40  CFR  part
                               893

-------
403;  and achieve the following pretreatment standards for

new sources  (PSNS)  if it  uses chlorophenolic-containing

biocides.  Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing

biocides must  certify to  the permit-issuing authority that

they are not using these  biocides:

                            Subpart D
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where
nitration, viscose, or cellophane grade pulps are
produced
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.012) (59.0) /y
(0.092) (59.0)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0030
0.023
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
"The following equivalent mass limitation's are provided as guidance in
cases  when POTWs  find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
                            Subpart D
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS for
dissolving sulfite pulp facilities where acetate
grade pulp is produced
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.012) (65.7) /y
(0,091) (65.7) /y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0033
0.025
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
"The following equivalent mass limitations  are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs  find it necessary to  impose mass effluent limitations.
                               894

-------
 Subpart E-Papergrade Sulfite Subcategory




 §  430.50  Applicability;  description of the papergrade




 sulfite subcategory.





      The provisions  of this  subpart  apply to discharges



 resulting from the:  integrated production of pulp  and  paper



 at papergrade  sulfite mills,  where blow pit pulp washing



 techniques are used; and  the  integrated production of  pulp



 and paper at papergrade sulfite mills where vacuum or



 pressure drums are used to wash pulp.



 § 430.51  Specialized definitions




      (a)   Except as  provided  in paragraphs  (b) and (c) of



 this  section,  the general definitions,  abbreviations,  and



 methods  of analysis  set forth in 40  CFR part  401 and



 § 430.01 of this part  apply to this  subpart.




      (t>)   Sulfite cooking-liquor is  defined as bisulfite



 cooking  liquor when  the pH of  the liquor is between 3.0 and



 6.0 and  as acid sulfite cooking liquor  when the pH is  less



 than  3.0.




      (c)   For  this subpart, the segments  for  the papergrade



 sulfite  subcategory  are defined as follows:




           (1)   The calcium-, magnesium-,  or sodium-based



 sulfite  pulp segment consists  of papergrade sulfite mills



where pulp  and paper are produced using  an acidic  cooking



 liquor of  calcium,  magnesium,  or sodium  sulfite,  unless



those mills are specialty grade sulfite mills;




                             895

-------
           (2)  The ammbnium-based sulfite pulp segment


consists of papergrade sulfite mills where pulp and paper


are produced using an acidic cooking liquor of ammonium


sulfite, unless those mills are specialty grade sulfite


mills;


           (3)  The specialty grade sulfite pulp segment


consists of those papergrade sulfite mills where a


significant portion of production is characterized by pulp


with a high percentage of alpha cellulose and high


brightness sufficent to produce end products such as plastic


molding compounds, saturating and laminating products, and


photographic papers.  The specialty grade segment also


includes those mills where a major portion of production is


91 ISO brightness and above.


§ 430.52  Effluent limitations representing the degree of


effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best


practicable control technology currently available  (BPT).


      (a)  Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through


125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart
                %>

must achieve the following effluent limitations representing


the' degree of effluent reduction attainable by the


application of the best practicable control technology


currently available  (BPT):
                             896

-------
                             Subpart  E •
              [Bisulfite liquor/surface condensers]
 Pollutant
    or
 pollutant
 property
                           BPT effluent limitations
               papergrade sulfite  facilities where
                               techniques are  used
                               for.
                              Blow pit washing
Kg/kkg (or pounds  per  1,000 Ib)
 Continuous dischargers
             Maximum for any 1
                    day
              Average of daily
                values  for 30
              consecutive days
of product
   Non-continuous
    dischargers
  (Annual Average)
BODS
                   31.8
                                       16.55
                                                           9.30
TSS
                   43.95
                                       23.65
                                                          12.99
pH
       the range  of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

                             Subpart E
            [bisulfite  liquor/barometric  condensers]
 Pollutant
    or
 pollutant
 property
                          BPT effluent limitations tor
               papergrade  sulfite facilities where blow pit washing
                               techniques are used
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib)
 Continuous dischargers
             Maximum for any 1
                    day '
              Average of  daily,
               values for 30
              consecutive days
  product
  Non-continuous
    dischargers
  (Annual Average)
BODS
                   34.7
                                       18 .05
                                                          10.14
TSS
                   52.2
                                       28.1
                                                          15.44
pH
       the range or 5.0 to 9.0 at all  times.
                                897

-------
                           Subpart E
           [Acid sulfite liquor/surface condensers]
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
papergrade sulfite facilities where blow pit washing
techniques are used
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
32.3
43.95
(*)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
16.8
23.65
t1)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average )
9.44
12 .99
H
'•Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all  times.

                           Subpart E
         [Acid sulfite liquor/barometric  condensers]
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
papergrade sulfite facilities where blow pit washing
techniques are used
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
35.55
52.2
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
18.5
28.1
C1)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
10.39
15.44
(x)
'•Within the range of  5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                               898

-------
                             Subpart E
              [Bisulfite  liquor/surf.ace  condensers]
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure
drums are used to wash pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
26.7
43.95
P)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
13.9
23. 65
H
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
7.81
12.99
(l)
^Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
Note:-  Limitations above do not apply to mills using continuous
digesters.

                             Subpart  E
            [bisulfite liquor/barometric condensers]
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure
drums are used to wash pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
29.4
52.2
(*)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
15.3
28.1
0)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
8 .60
15.44
t1)
       the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at  all times.
Note:   Limitations above do not apply to mills using continuous
digesters.
                                899

-------
                             Subpart  E
            [Acid sulfite liquor/surface condensers]
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure
drums are used to wash pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
29.75
43.95
H
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
15.5
23.65
(l)
Non - c ont i nuou s
dischargers
(Annual Average)
8.71
12.99
(l)
Within the range of  5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
Note:  Limitations above do not apply to mills using continuous
digesters. •

                             Subpart E
          [Acid sulfite liquor/barometric condensers]
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure
drums are used to wash pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
32.5
52.2
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
16.9
28.1
(l)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
9.49
15.44
(x)
Within the range of  5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
Note:   Limitations above do not apply to mills using continuous
digesters.
                                900

-------
                          Subpart E
                    [Continuous '.digesters]
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for papergrade sulf ±te facilities
where vacuum or pressure drums are used to wash pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day .
38.15
53.75
(')
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
19.85
28.95
(l)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
11.15
15.91
n
^•Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.


      (b)  The following limitations establish the  quantity


or quality of pollutants  or pollutant properties,  controlled


by this section,  resulting from the use of wet barking


operations, which may be  discharged by a point source


subject to the provisions of this subpart.   These
        «»

limitations are  in addition to  the limitations set forth in


paragraph  (a) of  this section and shall be calculated using


the proportion of the mill's total production due  to use of


logs which are subject to such  operations:
                             901

-------
                          Subpart  E
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
papergrade sulfite facilities where blow pit washing
techniques are used
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
2.7
7.5
(*)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
1.45
3.95
C1)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.80
2.19
C1)
Htfithin the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




                          Subpart E
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure
drums are used to wash pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
3.05
7.5
t1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
1.6
3.95
(l)
Non -continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0 .90
2.19
t1)
*Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




      (c)  The following limitations establish the quantity



or quality of pollutants or pollutant parameters, controlled



by this section,  resulting from the use of log washing or



chip washing operations,  which may be discharged by a.point



source subject to the  provisions of this subpart. These



limitations are  in  addition to the limitations set forth in
                              902

-------
paragraph  (a)  of  this  section and shall be calculated using



the proportion of the  mill's total production due to use  of



logs and/or  chips which are subject to such operations:



                          Subpart E
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
papergrade sulfite facilities where blow pit washing
techniques are used
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.15
2.. 55
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.1
1.35
H
Non - c ont i nuou s
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.05
0.75
t1)
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




                          Subpart E
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure
drums are used to wash pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.35
2.55
t1)
Average of daily
. values for 30
consecutive days
0.2
1.35
(a)
Non - cont inuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.1
0.75
(l)
'•Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.






      (d)  The following limitations establish the quantity




or quality of pollutants  or pollutant  properties, controlled




by this section,  resulting from the use of log flumes or  log
                             903

-------
ponds, which may be  discharged by a point source subject to



the provisions  of this  subpart.   These limitations are in



addition to the limitations  set forth in paragraph (a) of



this section and shall  be calculated using the proportion of



the mill's total production  due to use of logs which are



subject to such operations:



                          Subpart E
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
papergrade sulf ite facilities where blow pit washing
techniques are used
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.35
1.7
n
Average of. daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.2
0.9
(l)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.1
0.5
(l>
xWithin the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times .
Subpart E
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
papergrade sulfite facilities where vacuum or pressure
drums are used to wash pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.7
1.70
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.35
0.9
'H
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.2 '
0.5
(^
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                             904

-------
 §  430.53   Effluent  limitations  representing  the  degree  of




 effluent  reduction  attainable by  the  application of  the best




 conventional pollutant  control  technology  (BCT).




     Except as provided in  40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any



 existing  point source subject to  this subpart must achieve



 the following effluent  limitations representing  the  degree




 of effluent reduction attainable  by the application  of  the



 best conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT).   The



 limitations shall be the same as  those specified for



 conventional pollutants  in  § 430.52 of this  subpart  for the



 best practicable control technology currently available



 (BPT).




 § 430.54  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




 effluent  reduction attainable by  the application of best




 available  technology economically achievable (BAT).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any



 existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve



 the following effluent limitations representing the degree



 of effluent reduction attainable by the application of  the



best available technology economically achievable (BAT).



     (a)   (1)   The following effluent limitations apply to



all dischargers in the calcium-, magnesium-,  or sodium-based



 sulfite pulp segment:
                             905

-------
                            Subpart E
 Production of Calcium-,  Magnesium-,  or Sodium-based  Sulfite
                              Pulps•
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
AOX
COD
BAT effluent limitations
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for
any 1 day
Monthly
Average
Non-continuous dischargers
Maximum for
any 1 day
Annual
average
kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product

-------
Subpart E- -Production of Ammonium-based Sulfite Pulps
Pollutant
or
pollutant property
TCDDa
TCDFa
Chloroform3
Trichlorosyringola
3,4,5- trichlorocatechol3
3 , 4 , 6-trichlorocatechola
3 , 4 , 5-trichloroguaiacola
3 , 4 , 6- trichloroguaiacol3
4,5, 6-trichloroguaiacola
2,4, 5-trichlorophenola
2,4, 6-trichlorophenola
Tetrachlorocatechol3
Tetrachloroguaiacol3
2,3,4, 6-tetrachlorophenola
Pent achl oropheno 1 a

AOX
COD
BAT effluent limitations
Maximum for any
1 day

-------
     the particular pollutant.
     This regulation does not specify this  type of limitation for this
     pollutant; however, permitting authorities may do so as
     appropriate.
      [Reserved].
                 (ii)   The following effluent  limitations

apply  to all dischargers in the  ammonium-based sulfite pulp

segment  with respect  to each fiber line that  uses

exclusively TCP bleaching processes,  as disclosed by the

discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR

122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22:

   Subpart E - Production of Ammonium-based  Sulfite Pulps
Pollutant or
pollutant
property
AOX
COD
BAT effluent limitations (TCP)
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for
any 1 day
Monthly
average
Non-continuous
dischargers
Maximum for
any 1 day
Annual
Average
kg/kkg (or pounds per 1000 Ib) of product

-------
Subpart E--Production of  Specialty Grade  Sulfite Pulps
Pollutant
or
pollutant property
TCDDa
TCDFa
Chloroform3
Trichlorosyringola
3,4, 5 - trichlorocatechola
3,4, 6-trichlorocatechola
3,4,5 -trichloroguaiacola
3,4, 6-trichloroguaiacola
4,5, 6-trichloroguaiacola
2,4, 5-trichlorophenola
2 , 4 , 6-trichlorophenola
Tetrachlorocatechol3
Tetrachloroguaiacol3
2,3,4, S-tetrachlorophenola
Pentachlorophenola
.
AOX
COD
.BAT effluent limitations
Maximum for any
1 day

-------
b     "
-------
using these compounds as biocides.  Also, for non-continuous



dischargers, concentration limitations  (mg/1) shall apply.



Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous



dischargers::



                          Subpart E
Pollutant or
pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental BAT effluent limitations
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of
product
0.00058exp(0.017x)
0.0036exp(0.017x)
Milligrams /liter
( (0.011) (12.67)exp(0.017x) ) /y
( (0.068) (12.67)exp(0.017x) ) /y
x = percent sulfite pulp in final product
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
      (c)  Pursuant to 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h), a



discharger must demonstrate compliance with the limitations



in paragraphs  (a)(2) or  (a)(3) of this section, as



applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants (except for AOX



and COD) at the point where the wastewater containing those



pollutants leaves the bleach plant.  The permitting



authority may impose effluent limitations and/or monitoring



requirements on internal wastestreams for any other



pollutants covered in this section as appropriate under 40



CFR 122.44 (i) and 122.45(h) .



§ 430.55  New source performance standards (NSPS).




     New sources subject to this subpart must achieve the



following new source performance standards (NSPS), as
                             911

-------
applicable.



      (a)  The  following  standards apply to each new source



regardless of  when  it  commenced discharge:



                          Subpart E
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
1982 NSPS
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
4.38exp (0.017x)
5.81exp(0.017x)
H
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
2.36exp (0.017x)
3.03exp(0.017x)
t1)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
divided by 1.91
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
divided by 1.90
(*)
x = percent sulfite pulp in final product
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.






      (b)  The following  standards  apply with respect to each



new source fiber  line that  commences discharge after [insert




date  60 days from publication] .




           (1)  The  following standards apply to all new



sources in the calcium-,  magnesium-, or sodium-based sulfite



pulp  segment:
                             912

-------
                            Subpart  E
Production  of Calcium-,  Magnesium-,  or Sodium-based Sulfite
                              Pulps
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
AOX
COD
NSPS
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for
any 1 day
Monthly
Average
Non- continuous dischargers
Maximum for
any 1 day
Annual
average
kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lt>) of product

-------
Subpart E--Production of Ammonium-based  Sulfite  Pulps
Pollutant
or
pollutant property
TCDDa
TCDF"
Chloroform*
Trichlorosyringola
3,4,5 - trichlorocatechola
3,4, 6-trichlorocatechola
3,4,5 -trichloroguaiacol3
3,4, 6 - trichloroguaiacol*
4,5, 6-trichloroguaiacola
2,4, 5-trichlorophenola
2,4, 6-trichlorophenola
Tetrachlorocatechol3
Tetrachloroguaiacol3
2,3,4, 6-tetrachlorophenola
Pentachlorophenol3

AOX
COD
NSPS
Maximum for any
1 day

-------
      40 CFR  122.22.
b     "
-------
Subpart E--Production of Specialty  Grade  Sulfite  Pulps
Pollutant
or
pollutant property
TCDDa
TCDF"
Chloroform*
Trichlorosyringol3
3 , 4 , 5- trichlorocatechola
3,4, 6-trichlorocatechola
3,4, 5 - trichloroguaiacola
3,4, 6-trichloroguaiacola
4,5, 6-trichloroguaiacola
2,4, 5-trichlorophenola
2,4, 6-trichlorophenola
Tetrachlorocatechola
Tetrachloroguaiacol
2,3,4, 6-tetrachlorophenola
Pentachlorophenol3

AOX
COD
NSPS
Maximum for any
1 day

-------
b     "
-------
dischargers, concentration  limitations  (mg/1)  shall apply.



Concentration limitations will  only  apply  to non-continuous



dischargers:



                          Subpart E
Pollutant or
pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental NSPS
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of
product
0.00058exp (0.017x)
0.0036exp(0.017x)
Milligrams/ liter
( (0.015) (9.12)exp
( (0.094) (9.12) exp
(0.017x) ) /y
(0.017X) ) /y
x = percent sulfite pulp in final product
y » wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
      (d)  Pursuant to 40 CFR  122.44(i) and 122.45(h), a



discharger must demonstrate compliance with the standards in



paragraphs  (b) (2) or  (b) (3) of this section, as applicable,



by monitoring  for all pollutants  (except for AOX, COD, BOD5/



TSS, and pH) at the point where the wastewater containing



those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.  The permitting



authority may  impose effluent limitations and/or monitoring



requirements on internal wastestreams for any other



pollutants covered in this section as appropriate under 40



CFR 122.44 (i)  and 122.45(h).



§ 430.56 Pretreatment standards for existing sources  (PSES).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any



existing source subject to this subpart that introduces



pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must:




                             918                       -

-------
comply with 40 CFR part 403; arid achieve the following



pretreatment standards for existing sources  (PSES).



     (a)  The following pretreatment standards must be



attained on or before  [insert date 3 years from publication




date] .             •




          (1)   The following pretreatment standards apply to



all indirect dischargers in the calcium-, magnesium-, or



sodium-based sulfite pulp segment:
                             919

-------
                            Subpart  E
 Production of Calcium-,  Magnesium-,  or Sodium-based Sulfite
                              Pulps
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
AOX
PSES
Maximum for any 1 day
Monthly Average
kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product:

-------
    Subpart E--Production  of  Ammonium-based Sulfite Pulps
Pollutant
or
pollutant property
TCDDa
TCDFa
Trichlorosyringola
3,4, 5 - trichlorocatechola
3 , 4 , 6-trichlorocatechola
3,4, 5-trichloroguaiacola
3,4, 6-trichloroguaiacola
4,5, 6-trichloroguai.acola
2,4, 5-trichlorophenola
2,4, 6 - trichlorophenola
Tetrachlorocatechol3
Tetrachloroguaiacol3
2,3,4, 6-tetrachlorophenola
Pentachlorophenol8
PSES .
Maximum for any
1 day

-------
40 CFR 403.12(b)  that  it uses exclusively TCP bleaching

processes at that fiber line:

   Subpart  E - Production of  Ammonium-based  Sulfite Pulps
Pollutant or
pollutant
parameter
AOX'
PSNS (TCF)
Maximum for any 1 day

-------
            (3)(i)   The  following pretreatment  standards apply

to all indirect dischargers  in the specialty  grade sulfite

pulp  segment:

   Subpart E--Production of  Specialty Grade Sulfite Pulps
Pollutant
or
pollutant property
TCDDa
TCDFa
Trichlorosyringol3
3,4, 5 - trichlorocatechola
3,4, 6-trichlorocatechola
3,4, 5-trichloroguaiacola
3,4, 6-trichloroguaiacola
4,5, 6-trichloroguaiacola
2,4, 5-trichlorophenola
2,4, 6- trichlorophenola
Tetrachlorocatechola
Tetrachloroguaiacola
2,3,4, 6-tetrachlorophenola
Pentachlorophenol3
^PSES
Maximum for any
1 day

-------
apply with respect to each  fiber line operated by an  ;

indirect discharger producing  specialty grade sulfite pulps

if  the indirect discharger  discloses to the pretreatment

control authority in a report  submitted under 40 CFR

403.12(b)  that it uses exclusively TCP bleaching processes

at  that fiber line.  These  pretreatment standards must be

attained on or before [insert  date 3 years from publication

date]:

                           Subpart E
Pollutant or
pollutant
parameter
AOX
PSES (TCP)
Maximum for any 1 day

-------
                          Subpart E
Pollutant or
pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental PSES
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of
product
0.00058exp(0.017x)
O.OQ43.exp(0.017x)
Milligrams /liter
( (0.011) (12.67)exp
( (0.082) (12.67)exp
(0.017x) ) /y
(0.017x) )/y
x = percent sulfite pulp in final product
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
      (c)  An indirect discharger must demonstrate  compliance



with the pretreatment standards in paragraphs, (a) (2)  or



(a)(3) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring  for  all



pollutants at the point where the.wastewater  containing



those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.
                             925

-------
§ 430.57 Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

     Except  as provided in 40 CFR 403.7,  any new source

subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a

publicly owned treatment works must:  comply with 40 CFR part

403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards  for

new sources  (PSNS).

      (a)   (1)   The following pretreatment standards apply  to

each indirect discharger in the calcium-, magnesium-,  or

sodium-based sulfite pulp segment that is a new source:

                           Subpart E
 Production of  Calcium-,  Magnesium-, or Sodium-based Sulfite
                             Pulps
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
AOX
PSNS
Maximum for any 1 day
Monthly Average
kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product

-------
      Subpart E--Production of Atnm6nium-based Sulfite  Pulps
Pollutant
or
pollutant property
TCDD3
TCDFa
Trichlorosyringol3
3,4, 5 - trichlorocatechol3
3, 4, 6 -trichlorocatechol3
3,4, 5 -trichloroguaiacol3
3,4, 6 -trichloroguaiacol3
4,5, 6 -trichloroguaiacol3
2,4, 5-trichloroph.enoi3
2,4, 6-trichlorophenola
Tetrachlorocatechol3
Tetrachloroguaiacol3
2,3,4, 6-tetrachlorophenola
Pentachlorophenol3
PSNS
Maximum for any
1 day

-------
pretreatment control  authority in  a  report submitted under

40 CFR 403.12(b) that it uses exclusively TCP bleaching

processes at that  fiber line:

   Subpart  E -  Production of Ammonium-based Sulfite Pulps
Pollutant or
pollutant
parameter
AOX
PSNS (TCF)
Maximum for any 1 day

-------
    Subpart E--Product!oil of Specialty Grade Sulfite Pulps
Pollutant
or
pollutant property
TCDDa
TCDFa
Trichlorosyringola
3,4, 5 - trichlorocatechola
3,4, 6- trichlorocatechola
3,4, 5 - trichloroguaiacola
3,4, 6-trichloroguaiacola
4,5, 6-trichloroguaiacola
2,4, 5 - trichlorophenol3
2,4, 6-trichlorophenola
Tetrachlorocatechol3
Tetrachloroguaiacola
2,3,4, 6-tetrachlorophenola
Pentachlorophenol3
PSNS
Maximum for any
1 day

-------
pulps if  the indirect discharger discloses to the
                                                        F
pretreatment control authority in a  report submitted  under

40 CFR 403.12(b)  that it uses exclusively TCP bleaching

processes at that fiber line:

  Subpart E - Production of Specialty Grade Sulfite Pulps
Pollutant or
pollutant
parameter
AOX
PSNS (TCP)
Maximum for any 1 day

-------
                          Subpart fe
Pollutant or
pollutant
property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Supplemental PSNS
Maximum for any 1 day
kg/kkg
(or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of
product
0.00058exp(0.017x)
' 0.0043exp(0.017x)
Milligrams /liter
( (0.015) (9.12)exp(0.017x) ) /y
((0.114) (9.12)exp(0.017x) )/y
x = percent sulfite pulp in final product
y = wastewater discharged .in kgal per ton of product
      (c)  An indirect discharger must demonstrate compliance



with the pretreatment standards in paragraphs  (a)(2) or



(a)(3) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring for all



pollutants at the point where the wastewater containing



those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.



§ 430.58 Best management practices (BMPs).




     The definitions and requirements set forth in 40 CFR



430.03 apply to facilities in this subpart.



Subpart F--Semi-Chemical Subcategory




§ 430.60  Applicability; description of the semi-chemical




subcategory.




     The provisions of this subpart are applicable to



discharges resulting from the integrated production of pulp



and paper at semi-chemical mills.
                             931

-------
§ 430.61  Specialized definitions.




     For the purpose of this subpart, the general



definitions, abbreviations, and methods of  analysis  set



forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall



apply to this subpart.



§ 430.62  Effluent limitations representing the  degree of




effluent reduction attainable by  the application of  the best




practicable control technology currently available  (BPT).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.3.0 through 125.32, any



existing point source subject to  this subpart must achieve



the following effluent limitations representing  the  degree



of effluent reduction attainable  by the application  of the



best practicable control technology currently available




(BPT) :



                          Subpart F
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations
ammonia base mills
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib)
Maximum for any 1 day
8.0
10.0
(l)
for
of product
Average of daily values for
30 consecutive days
4.0 ;
5.0
H
xWithin the range of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                             932

-------
                          Subpart F
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations
sodium base mills
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib)
Maximum for any 1 day
8.7
11.0
(l)
for
of product
Average of daily values for
30 consecutive days
4.35
5.5
(*) .
aWithin the range .of 6.0 to 9.0 at all times.




§ 430.63  Effluent limitations  guidelines representing the




degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application




of the best conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT).




    Except as provided in  40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any



existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve



the following effluent limitations representing the degree



of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the



best conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT): The



limitations shall be the same as those specified for



conventional pollutants  (which  are defined in 40 CFR 401.16)



in § 430.62 of this subpart for the best practicable control



technology currently available  (BPT), except that non-



continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum



day and average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations, but



shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations



determined by dividing the average-of-30-consecutive-days



limitations for BODS by 1.36 and TSS by 1.36.
                             933

-------
§ 430.64  Effluent limitations representing the degree of


effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best
                  *                      •             i
available technology economically achievable  (BAT).


     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any

existing point source subject to this subpart where

chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the

following effluent limitations representing the degree of

effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best

available technology economically achievable  (BAT). Non-

continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum

day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 Ib),  but shall be

subject to concentration limitations.  Concentration ;

limitations are only applicable to non-continuous

dischargers.  Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing

biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that

they are not using these biocides:

                          Subpart F
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0012
0.00043
Milligrams /liter
(0.029) (10.3)/y
(O'.OIO) (10.3) /y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
§ 430.65  New source performance standards (NSPS).

     Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the
                             934

-------
following new source performance standards  (NSPS), except



that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the



maximum day and average.of 30 consecutive days effluent



limitations for BODS and TSS, but shall be subject to annual



average effluent limitations.  Also, for non-continuous



dischargers, concentration limitations  (mg/1)  shall apply,




where provided.  Concentration limitations will only




apply to non-continuous dischargers.  Only facilities where



chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject



to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations.



Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must



certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not



using these biocides:
                             935

-------
                          Subpart F
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
3.0
5.8
t1 )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
1.6
3.0
(x )
Non - c ont i nuou s
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.84
1.6;
C1 )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0012
0.00043
Milligrams /liter
(0.041) (7.3)/y
(0.014) (7.3)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




§ 430.66  Pretreatment standards for existing sources




(PSES) .




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13,  any



existing source subject to this subpart that introduces



pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must:



comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following



pretreatment standards for existing sources  (PSES)  if it



uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides.  Permittees not



using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to  the
                             936

-------
permit-issuing authority that they are not using these

biocides.   PSES must be attained on or before  July 1,  1984:

                          Subpart  F
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/ liter
(0.032) (10. 3) /y
(0.010) (10.3)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0. 0014
0.00043
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
aTne following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance-in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass equivalent
limitations.

§ 430.67  Pretreatment standards for new sources  (PSNS).

      (a)  Except  as  provided in 40 CFR 403.7,  any new source

subject to  this subpart that introduces pollutants  into  a

publicly  owned treatment works must: comply with 40  CFR  part

403; and  achieve  the following pretreatment standards for
                                                             *
new sources  (PSNS) if  it uses chlorophenolic-containing

biocides.   Permittees  not using chlorophenolic-containing

biocides  must  certify  to the permit-issuing authority that

they are  not using these biocides:
                             937

-------
                          Subpart F
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/ liter
(0.045) (7.3) /y
(0.014) (7.3)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0014 ;
0.00043
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
 The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs  find it necessary to impose mass equivalent
limitations.                                             ,

Subpart  G-Mechanical Pulp Subcategory

§ 430.70  Applicability;  description of the mechanical pulp


subcategory.

     The provisions of this  subpart are applicable to '

discharges resulting from:  the production of pulp and paper

at groundwood  chemi-mechanical mills;  the production of  pulp

and paper at groundwood mills through the application of the

thermo-mechanical  process;  the integrated production of  pulp

and coarse paper,  molded  pulp products, and newsprint at

groundwood mills;  and  the integrated production of pulp  arid

fine paper at  groundwood  mills.

§ 430.71  Specialized  definitions.

     For the purpose of this subpart,  the general     :

definitions, abbreviations,  and methods of analysis set

forth in 40 CFR part 401  and §430.01 of this part shall
                             938

-------
apply  to  this  subpart.




§ 430.72   Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent  reduction attainable by the application of the best




practicable  control technology currently available (BPT).




      (a)   Except  as provided in 40 CFR 125.30  through



125.32, any  existing point  source subject to this subpart



must achieve the  following  effluent limitations representing



the degree of  effluent  reduction attainable by the



application  of the best practicable control technology



currently available (BPT),  except that non-continuous



dischargers  shall  not be subject to the maximum day and



average of 30  consecutive days limitations  but shall  be



subject to annual  average effluent limitations:



                          Subpart G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at
groundwood chemi -mechanical mills are produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
13.5
19.75
(*)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
7. 05
10.65
n
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average )
3.96
5.85
(*)
^Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                             939

-------
                              Subpart  G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper! at
groundwood mills are produced through the application of
the thermo-mechanical process ;
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
10.6
15.55
(x)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
5.55
8.35
(l)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
3.12
4.59
H
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0  at all times.




                              Subpart  G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production
of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, ;and
newsprint at groundwood mills occurs
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
7.45
12.75
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
3.9
6.85
(l)
Non-continuous
dischargers
( Annua 1 Ave r age )
2.19
3.76
(*)
'•Within  the range of 5.0 to 9.0  at  all times.
                                 940

-------
                          Subpart G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production
of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
6.B5
., 11. .75
(l).
Average, of -daily
values for 30
consecutive days
3.6
. 6.3
P)
NTon - c ont i nuou s
dischargers
(Annual Average)
2.0
3.5
P)
•"•Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all  times.






      (b)  The following limitations  establish  the  quantity



or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties,  controlled



by this section,  resulting from  the  use of wet barking



operations, which may be discharged  by a point source



subject to the provisions-of this subpart.  These



limitations are  in addition, to the limitations set forth in



paragraph  (a) of  this section and shall be calculated  using



the proportion of the mill's total production  due  to use of



logs which are subject to such operations.  Non-continuous



dischargers shall not .be subject to  the maximum day and



average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall  be



subject to annual average effluent limitations:
                             941

-------
                             Subpart  G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at
groundwood chemi -mechanical mills are produced
Kg/kkg (or -pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.9
2: 6
C1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.45
1.45
(l)
Non - c ont inuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0 .25
0.80
(x)
Within the range of 5.0 to  9.0 at all times.




                             Subpart  G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at
groundwood mills are produced through the application of
the thermo-mechanical process
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.9
2.7
(x)
[ Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.45
1.45
t1) -
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.3
0.75
(X)
aWithin the range of 5.0  to  9.0 at all times.
                                 942

-------
                           Subpart G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production
of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and
newsprint at groundwood mills occurs
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
1.15
2.0
H
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.55
1.1
H
Non - c ont i nuou s
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.30
0.60
i1)
^•Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                           Subpart G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production
of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
1^1
l.,95
(x)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.55
1.1
0)
Non -continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.35
0.60
(l)
^•Within the range of 5.0  to 9.0  at all  times.






      (c)  The following limitations  establish the quantity



or quality  of pollutants or pollutant parameters, controlled



by this section,  resulting from  the  use  of log washing or



chip washing operations, which may be discharged by a point
                              943

-------
source subject to the provisions of this subpart.   These



limitations -are in addition to the limitations  set  forth  in



paragraph  (a) of this section and shall be calculated; using



the proportion of the mill's total production due to  use  of



logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations. Non-



continuous dischargers shall not be subject to  the  maximum



day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but



shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:



                          Subpart G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at
groundwood chemi -mechanical mills are produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product ;
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.05
0.25
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.05
0.15
t1)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.05
0.10
('),
Within the range of  5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                             944

-------
                             Subpart G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at
groundwood mills are produced through the application of
the thermo -mechanical process
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.05
0.30
H
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.05
0.15
C1)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.05
0.05
(x)
1Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at  all times.




                             Subpart  G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production
of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and
newsprint at groundwood mills occurs
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.15
0.20
H
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.05
0.15
P)
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times .
Non - cont inuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.05
0 .10
(l)
-
                                945

-------
                          Subpart G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for [
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production
of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product ;
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.15
0.2
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.05
: 0.15
(l)
Non- continuous
dischargers'
(Annual Average)
0.05
0.10
n;
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.






      (d)  The following limitations establish the quantity



or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled



by this section, resulting from the use of log flumes or log



ponds, which may be discharged by a point source subject to



the provisions of this subpart.  These limitations are  in



addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph  (a)  of



this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of



the mill's total production due to use of logs which are



subject to such operations.  Non-continuous dischargers



shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of  30:



consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to the



annual average effluent limitations:
                             946

-------
                              Subpart G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at
groundwood chemi -mechanical mills are produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.15
0.55
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.05
0.3
H
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.05
0.15
f1)
^Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0  at all times.




                             Subpart  G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at
groundwood mills are produced through the application of
the thermo-mechanical process
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.15
0.60
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.15
0.35
n
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.05
0.15
n
'Within the range of 5.0  to  9.0 at all times.
                                 947

-------
                           Subpart G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production
of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and
newsprint at groundwood mills occurs
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.25
0.45
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.1
0.25 '
t1)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.05
0.15
(l)'
Within the range of 5.0  to 9.0 at all times.
                           Subpart G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production
of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.2
0.4
C1)
Average of daily
values for 3 0
consecutive days
0.05
0.25
(')
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0 .05
0.15
P)
xWithin the range of 5.0  to 9.0  at all times.






      (e)    For  those mills using zinc hydrosulfite as a



bleaching  agent  in the manufacturing process,  the following



effluent limitations are to be added to  the  base limitations



set forth  in paragraph (a)  of this  section.   Permittees not
                              948

-------
using zinc hydrosulfite as a bleaching agent must certify to



the permit issuing authority that they are not using this



bleaching compound.  Non-continuous dischargers shall not be



subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive



days effluent limitations, but shall be subject to annual



average effluent limitations:



                          Subpart G
Pollutant,
or
pollutant
property
Zinc
• BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at
groundwood chemi -mechanical mills are produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1/000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.34
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.17
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0', 11
                         Subpart
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
Zinc
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at
groundwood mills are produced through the application of
the thermo-mechanical process
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.26
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.13
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0. 09
                            949

-------
Subpart G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
Zinc
BPT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production
of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and
newsprint at groundwood mills occurs
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product ;
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.30
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.15
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0 . 10
Subpart G
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
Zinc
BPT effluent limitations for ;
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production
of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
0.275
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
0.135
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.090
   950

-------
 §  430.73   Effluent  limitations guidelines representing  the




 degree  of  effluent  reduction attainable by  the application




 of the  best  conventional pollutant control  technology  (BCT).




      (a)(1)  The  following applies to: mechanical pulp



 facilities where  the integrated production  of pulp and



 coarse  paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at



 groundwood mills  occurs; and mechanical pulp facilities



 where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at



 groundwood mills  occurs:




      (2)  Except  as provided in.40 CFR 125.30 through



 125.32, any  existing point source subject to this subpart



 shall achieve, the following effluent limitations



 representing the  degree of effluent reduction attainable by



 the application of the best conventional pollutant control



 technology (BCT): The limitations shall be  the same as those



 specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in



 40 CFR  401.16)  in § 430.72 of this subpart  for the best



practicable  control technology currently available (BPT).



      (b)  The following applies to mechanical pulp



 facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood chemi-



mechanical mills are produced'and mechanical pulp facilities




where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced




through the application of the thermo-mechanical process:



 [Reserved]




 § 430.74  Effluent limitations representing the degree of






                            951

-------
effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best




available technology economically achievable (BAT).




     (a)  The following applies to mechanical pulp



facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are




produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical



process; mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated



production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products,



and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs; and mechanical



pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and



fine paper at groundwood mills occurs:  (1)  Except as



provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point




source subject to this subpart must achieve the following



effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent



reduction attainable by the application of the best



available technology economically achievable (BAT), except



that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the



maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg  (lb/1000 Ib), but



shall be subject to concentration limitations.



Concentration limitations are only applicable to non- ,



continuous dischargers.  Pentachlorophenol and



trichlorophenol limitations are only applicable at



facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are




used.  Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing!




biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority  that
                             952

-------
they are not using these biocides.  Zinc limitations are



only applicable at facilities where zinc hydrosulfite is




used as a bleaching agent.  Permittees not using zinc




hydrosulfite as a bleaching agent must certify to the permit




issuing authority that they are not using this bleaching




compound:



                          Subpart  G
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Zinc
BAT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper
at groundwood mills are produced through the
application of the thermo-mechanical process
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.00097
0.00088
0.26
Milligrams /liter
(0.011) (21.1)/y
. . (0.010) (21.1)/y
(3.0) (21.1)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                             953

-------
                          Subpart G
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Zinc
BAT effluent limitations for ;
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated
production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp
products, and newsprint at groundwood mills
occurs
Maximum for any 1 day •
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0011
0.00099
0.30
Mi 1 1 igrams /liter
(0.011) (23. 8) /y
(0.010)' (23. 8)/y
(3.0) (23.8)/y
y '- wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                          Subpart G
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Zinc
BAT effluent limitations for
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated
production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood
mills occurs
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0010
0.00092
0.27
Milligrams /liter
(0.011) (21. 9) /y
(0.010) (21.9)/y:
(3.0) (21.9)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
      (b)  The following applies to mechanical pulp



facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood chemi-



mechanical mills are produced:




[Reserved]




§ 430.75  New source performance standards  (NSPS).
                             954

-------
      (a)  The  following applies to mechanical pulp




facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are




produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical



process; mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated



production of  pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products,




and newsprint  at groundwood mills occurs; and mechanical



pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and




fine paper at  groundwood mills occurs: (1)  Any new source




subject to this subpart must achieve the following new



source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-



continuous dischargers shall not be -subject to the maximum



day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations



for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average



effluent limitations.  Also, for non-continuous dischargers,



concentration  limitations (mg/1)  shall apply, where



provided.  Concentration limitations will only apply to non-



continuous dischargers.   Pentachlorophenol and



trichlorophenol limitations are only applicable at



facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are



used.  Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing



biocides must  certify to the permit-issuing authority that



they are not using these biocides.   Zinc limitations are



only applicable at facilities where zinc hydrosulfite is



used as a bleaching agent.   Permittees not using zinc



hydrosulfite as a bleaching agent must certify to the permit



issuing authority that they are not using this bleaching





                             955

-------
compound:
                             Subpart  G
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Tr i chlorophenol
Zinc
: NSPS for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and .paper
at groundwood mills are produced through the
application of the thermo-mechanical -process
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
4.6
8.7
(1 )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
2.5
4.6
t1 )
Non-contx nuou s
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
1.3;
2.4
t1 ).
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib), of
product
0.00097
0.00088
0.17
Milligrams /liter
(0.017) (13.8)/y
(0.015) (13.8)/y
(3.0) (13.8)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
Htfithin the range of 5.0 to 9.0  at all times.
                                956

-------
                             Subpart  G
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS '_
PH

,
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Zinc
NSPS for
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated
production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp
products, and newsprint at groundwood mills
occurs
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
4.6
7.3
t1 )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
2.5
3.8
(1 )
Non- continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
1.3
2.0
(* )'
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0011
0.00099
0.21
Milligrams/liter
(0. 016) (16. 8) /y
(0.014) (16. 8) /y
(3.0) (16.8)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
JWithin the range of 5.0  to  9.0 at all times.
                                 957

-------
                           Subpart G
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Zinc
NSPS for
mechanical . pulp facilities where the integrated
production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood
mills occurs '
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
3.5
5 .8
• (i )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
1.9
3.0
. (* )
Non - c ont i nuou s
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.99
1.58
(x )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0010
0.00092
0.19
Milligrams/liter1
(0.016) (15. 4) /y '
(0.014) ,(15. 4) /y ;
(3.0) (15.4)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
lWithin the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




      (b)  The following applies to mechanical pulp



facilities where pulp  and paper at groundwood chemi-



mechanical mills are produced:




[Reserved]




§ 430.76  Pretreatment standards for existing sources




(PSES).




      (a)  The following applies to mechanical pulp
                             958

-------
 facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are
 produced through the application of the  thermo-mechanical
 process; mechanical pulp facilities where  the integrated
 production of pulp and coarse  paper, molded pulp products,
 and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs;  and mechanical
 pulp facilities  where the integrated production of  pulp  and
 fine paper at groundwood mills occurs:  (1)  Except  as
 provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source
 subject  to this  subpart  that introduces pollutants  into  a
 publicly owned treatment works must  comply with 40  CFR part
 403  and  achieve  the following  pretreatment standards for
 existing sources (PSES).   Pentachlorophenol and
 trichlorophenol  limitations  are only applicable at
 facilities  where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are
 used.  Permittees  not using  chlorophenolic-containing
 biocides must  certify to  the permit-issuing authority that
 they are not using these  biocides.  Zinc limitations are
 only applicable  at  facilities where zinc hydrosulfite is
 used as a bleaching agent.  Permittees not using zinc
 hydrosulfite as  a bleaching agent must certify to the
permit-issuing authority  that they are not using this
bleaching compound.  PSES must be attained on or before July
 1, 1984:
                            959

-------
                              Subpart  G
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Zinc
PSES for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper
at groundwood mills are produced through the
application of the thermo -mechanical process
Maximum for any 1 day
Mi 1 1 igrams / 1 i ter
(mg/1)
(0.011) (21.1)/y
(0.010) (21.1)/y
(3.0) (21.1)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product3
0.00097
0.00088
0.26 ;
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
"The  following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it  necessary to  impose mass effluent limitations.
                              Subpart  G
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Zinc
PSES for
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated
production pf pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp
products,' and newsprint at groundwood mills
occurs
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/ liter
(mg/1).
(0.011) (23. 8) /y
(0.010) (23. 8) /y
(3.0) (23. 8) /y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product*
0.0011 ' \
0.00099
0.30
y » wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
"The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass  effluent  limitations.
                                  960

-------
                           Subpart  G
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Zinc
PSES for
mechanical pulp facilities where the
production of pulp and fine paper at
mills occurs
integrated
groundwood
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams /liter
(mg/1)
(0.011) (21. 9) /y
(0.010) (21. 9) /y
(3.0) (21.9)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product3
0.0010
0.00092
0.27
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
aThe following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent  limitations.
      (b)  The  following applies to mechanical pulp

facilities where  pulp and paper at groundwood chemi-

mechanical mills  are  produced:

[Reserved]

§ 430.77  Pretreatment standards for new sources  (PSNS).

      (a)  The  following applies to mechanical pulp

facilities where  pulp and paper at groundwood mills are

produced through  the  application of the thermo-mechanical

process; mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated

production of  pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products,

and newsprint  at  groundwood mills occurs; and mechanical

pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and

fine paper at  groundwood mills occurs: (1)  Except as

provided in 40 CFR 403.7,  any new source subject to this
                             961

-------
subpart that  introduces pollutants into a publicly owned

treatment works  must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve

the following pretreatment standards for new sources .(PSNS) .

Pentachlorophenol  and trichlorophenol limitations are.only

applicable  at facilities where chlorophenolic-containing

biocides are  used.   Permittees not using

chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the

permit-issuing authority that they are not using these

biocides.   Zinc  limitations are only applicable at

facilities  where zinc hydrosulfite is used as a bleaching

agent. Permittees  not using zinc hydrosulfite as a bleaching

agent must  certify to the permit issuing authority that they

are not using this bleaching Compound:

                           Subpart  G
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Zinc
PSNS for
mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper
at groundwood mills are produced through the
application of the thermo-mechanical process
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/ liter
(mg/1)
(0.017) (13. 8) /y
(0.015) (13.8)/y
(3.0) (13. 8) /y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product8
0.00097
0.00088
0.17
y - wastewater discharged in kgal ; per ton of product
aThe following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
                              962

-------
                             Subpart  G
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Zinc
PSNS for
mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated
production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp
products, and newsprint at groundwood .mills
occurs
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/ liter
(mg/1)
(0.01S) (16.8) /y
(0.014) (16. 8) /y
(3.0) (16. 8) /y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product3
0 .0011
0.00099
0.21
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
aThe following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases  when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
                             Subpart  G
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
Zinc
PSNS for
mechanical pulp facilities where the
production of pulp and fine paper at
mills occurs
integrated
groundwood
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/ liter
(mg/1)
(0.016) (15.4)/y
(0.014) (15.4)/y
(3.0) (15.4)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000
Ib) of product3
0.0010
0.00092
0.19
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
aThe following equivalent mass limitations are provided as  guidance in
cases  when POTWs find it necessary to  impose mass  effluent limitations,
      (b)   The following applies to mechanical pulp

facilities where pulp  and paper at groundwood chemi-

mechanical mills are produced:
                                963

-------
 [Reserved]




Subpart H-Non-Wood Chemical Pulp




§ 430.80  Applicability; description of the non-wood




chemical pulp subcategory.




     The provisions of this subpart are applicable to



discharges resulting from the production of pulp and paper



at non-wood chemical pulp mills.  This subcategory includes,



but is not limited to, mills producing non-wood pulps from



chemical pulping processes such as kraft, sulfite, or soda.




§ 430.81  Specialized definitions.




     The general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of



analysis set forth in 40 CFR 401 and § 430.01 of this part



shall apply to this subpart.



§ 430.82  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of best




practicable control technology currently available (BPT).




[Reserved]




§ 430.83  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of best




conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).




[Reserved]




§ 430.84  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of best






                             964

-------
available technology economically achievable  (BAT).




 [Reserved]




§ 430.85 New source performance standards  (NSPS)




 [Reserved]




§ 430.86  Pretreatment standards for existing sources  (PSES)




 [Reserved]




§ 430.8-7  Pretreatment Standards for new sources  (PSNS) .




 [Reserved]




Subpart I-Secondary Fiber Deink





§ 430.90  Applicability; description of the





deink-subcategory.




     The provisions of this subpart are applicable to




discharges resulting from the integrated production of pulp




and paper at deink mills.




§ 430.91  Specialized definitions.




     For the purpose of this subpart, the general




definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set




forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall




apply to this subpart.




§ 430.92  Effluent limitations representing the degree of





effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best




practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
                             965

-------
     Except as provided  in  40  CFR  125.30  through 125.32, any



existing point source  subject  to this  subpart must achieve



the following effluent limitations representing the degree



of effluent reduction  attainable by the application of the



best practicable control technology currently available



(BPT), except that non-continuous  dischargers shall not be



subject to the maximum day  and average of 30 consecutive



days limitations but shall  be  subject  to  annual average



effluent limitations:



                          Subpart I
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
18.1
24.05
(l)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
9.4
12.95
f1)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
5.3
7.12
(')
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




§ 430.93  Effluent  limitations  guidelines representing the




degree of effluent  reduction attainable by the application




of the best conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through  125.32, any




existing point source subject to this  subpart shall achieve




the following effluent limitations representing the degree




of effluent reduction attainable by  the application of the




best conventional pollutant control  technology  (BCT): The




                             966

-------
limitations shall be the same as those specified for



conventional pollutants  (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16)



in § 430.92 of this subpart for the best practicable control



technology currently available (BPT).



§ 430.94  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best




available technology economically achievable (BAT).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any



existing point source subject to this subpart where



chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the



following effluent limitations representing the degree of



effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best




available technology economically achievable (BAT).  Non-



continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum



day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 Ib) but shall be



subject to concentration limitations.   Concentration



limitations are only applicable to non-continuous



dischargers.  Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing



biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that



they are not using these biocides:
                             967

-------
                          Subpart I
     (Facilities where fine or tissue paper is produced)
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product '
0.0030
0.0069 i
Milligrams /liter
(0.029) (24.4)/y
(0.068) (24.4)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                          Subpart I
           (Facilities where newsprint is produced)
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0030
0.0010
Milligrams/liter
(0.029) (24.4)/y
(0.010) (24.4)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal ,per ton of product
§ 430.95  New source performance standards  (NSPS).


     Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the

following new source performance standards  (NSPS), except

that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the

maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent

limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be  subject to annual

average effluent limitations.  Also, for non-continuous

dischargers, concentration limitations  (mg/1) shall apply,
                             968

-------
where provided.   Concentration limitations  will  only apply

to non-continuous dischargers.   Only facilities  where

chlorophenolic-containing biocides  are used shall be subject

to pentachlorophenol  and trichlorophenol  limitations.

Permittees not using  chlorophenolic-containing biocides must

certify to the permit-issuing  authority that they are not

using these biocides:

                          Subpart I
          [Facilities where fine paper is produced)
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BOD 5
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
5.7
8.7
C1 )
Average of
daily
values for
30
cons.ecutive
days
3.1
4.6
t1 )
Non- continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
1.6
2 .4
(1 )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0030
0.0069
Milligrams /liter
(0.045) (15. 9) /y
(0.104) (15. 9) /y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                             969

-------
                           Subpart  I
         (Facilities  where tissue  paper is produced)
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
9.6
13.1
(x )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
5.2
6.8
t1 )
Non- continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
2 .72
3.58
(x ),
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0030
0.0069
Milligrams/ liter
(0.036) (19.5)/y
(0.085) (19.5)/yj
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                              970

-------
                          Subpart I
           (Facilities where  newsprint  is  produced)
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH '


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers .
Maximum for any 1
day
' 6.0
12.0
(x )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
3.2
6.3
(l )
Non- continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
1.7
3.3
(x )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0030
0.0010
Milligrams /liter
(0.044) (16.2)/y
(0.015) (16.2)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
§ 430.96  Pretreatment standards for existing  sources

(PSES).

      (a)  Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and  403.13,  any

e'xisting source subject to. this subpart that introduces

pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works  must:

comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following

pretreatment standards for existing sources  (PSES)  if it

uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides.  Permittees not

using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must  certify to  the

                             971

-------
permit-issuing authority that they are  not  using these

biocides.   PSES must  be attained on or  before July 1, 1984:

                           Subpart  I                     :
     (Facilities  where fine or  tissue paper is produced)
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES ;
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams /liter
mg/1)
(0.032) (24.4)/y
(0.082) (24.4)/y
Kg/kkg ( or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.
0.
0033
0084 .


y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product ;
* The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass equivalent
limitations.
                           Subpart  I
           (Facilities  where newsprint  is  produced)
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligram's /liter
mg/1)
(0.032) (24. 4) /y
(0.010) (24.4)/y
. Kg/kkg ( or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.
0.
0033
0010 '
y f wastewater discharged in kgal Iper ton of product
• The following equivalent mas limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary'to impose mass equivalent.
limitations.
§ 430.97   Pretreatment  standards for new sources (PSNS).

      (a)   Except as provided :in 40 CFR  403.7,  any new source

subject to this subpart that 'introduces pollutants into a

publicly  owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part

403;  and  achieve the  following pretreatment standards:for
                               972

-------
new  sources  (PSNS)  if it uses  chlorophenolic-containing

biocides.  Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing

biocides must .certify to the permit-issuing authority  that

they are not using these biocides:

                            Subpart I
           (Facilities where fine paper is produced)
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter
mg/1)
(0.049) (15. 9) /y
(0.126) (15.9)/y
Kg/kkg ( or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.
0.
0033
0084
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
a The following equivalent mass  limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs  find it necessary to impose  mass equivalent
limitations.

                           Subpart I
          (Facilities where  tissue paper is produced)
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS
Maximum for any 1 day •
Milligrams /liter
mg/1)
(0.040) (19.5)/y
(0.103) (19.5)/y
Kg/kkg ( or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.
0 .
0033
0084
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
 The following equivalent mass  limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it  necessary to impose mass equivalent
limitations.
                               973

-------
                          Subpart I
           (Facilities where newsprint is produced)
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/ liter
mg/1)
(0.048) (16.2)/y
(0.015) (!6.2)/y
Kg/kkg ( or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.
0.
0033
0010
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
* The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs  find it necessary! to  impose mass equivalent
limitations.                                            [

Subpart  J-Secondary Fiber Non^-Deink


§ 430.100  Applicability; description of the secondary  fiber


non-deink subcategory.


     The provisions of this  subpart are applicable to

discharges resulting from the  production of: paperboard from

wastepaper;  tissue  paper from  wastepaper without deinking at

secondary fiber mills;  molded  products from wastepaper

without  deinking  at secondary  fiber mills; and builders'

paper and roofing felt from  wastepaper.              '

§ 430.101  Specialized definitions.


     For the purpose of this subpart:

      (a)  Except  as provided'below, the general definitions,

abbreviations, and  methods of  analysis set forth in 4|0  CFR

part 401 and § 430.01 of this  part shall apply to this

subpart.
                             '.                         !
      (b)  Noncorrugating medium furnish subdivision mills
                             974

-------
are mills where recycled corrugating medium  is  not  used in



the production of paperboard.




      (c)  Corrugating medium furnish subdivision mills  are



mills where only recycled corrugating medium is used in the



production of paperboard.




§ 430.102  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best




practicable control technology currently available  (BPT).




      (a)  Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through




125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart



must achieve the following effluent limitations representing



the degree of effluent reduction attainable  by  the



application of the best practicable control  technology



currently available (BPT):



                          Subpart J
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where paperboard from
.wastepaper is produced- -noncorrugating medium finish
subdivision
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Maximum for any 1 day
3 . 0
5.0
C1)
Average of daily values for
30 consecutive days
1.5
2.5
D
^•Within the range of 6.0  to 9.0 at all times.
                             975

-------
                           Subpart J
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
1SS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for '
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where paperboaird from
wastepaper is produced- -corrugating medium finish
subdivision i
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
i
Maximum for any 1 day
5.7
9.2
H
Average of daily values for
30 consecutive days
2.8
4.6
D !
Within the range of 6.0  to 9.0  at all times.

                          Subpart J
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
Setteable
Solids
BPT effluent limitations for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where
and roofing felt from wastepaper are
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of
Maximum for any 1 day
5.0 '
5.0 1

-------
dischargers  shall not be subject to the maximum day and

average  of 30  consecutive days limitations but shall be

subject  to annual average effluent limitations:
                  •f
                           Subpart  J
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where tissue from
wastepaper is produced without deinking
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
13.7
17.05
H
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
7.1
9.2
H
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
4.0
5.1
(l)
Within the range of 5.0 to-9.0'at all times.

                          Subpart  J
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where molded products
from wastepaper are produced without deinking
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day ^
4.4
10.8
P)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
2.3
5.8
(x)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
1.3
3.2
(l)
1Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.

§ 430.103  Effluent limitations guidelines representing the


degree of effluent  reduction attainable by the application


of the best conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT)
                             977

-------
      (a)  Except as provided Jin 40 CFR 125.30 through


125.32, any existing point so'urce subject to this subpart


shall achieve the following effluent limitations


representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by


the application of the best conventional pollutant control


technology  (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those


specified for conventional pollutants  (which are defined in


40 CFR 401.16) in §430.102 of this subpart for the best


practicable control technology currently available (BPT).


      (b)  For secondary fiber non-deink facilities where


paperboard from wastepaper is produced, non-continuous
                             1                        f

dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and


average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations,  but shall be


subject to annual average effluent limitations determined by


dividing the average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations for


BODS and TSS by 1.77 and 2.18!.



      (c)  For secondary fiber non-deink facilities where


builders'" paper and roofing felt from wastepaper are


produced, non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to


the maximum day and average-of-30-consecutive-days


limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent


limitations determined by dividing the average-of-30-


consecutive-days limitations for BODS and TSS by 1.90 and



1.90.                        I


§ 430.104  Effluent limitations representing the degree of
                             978

-------
Subpart J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where
paperboard from wastepaper is produced
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.00087
0.00030
Milligrams /liter
(0.029) (7.2)/y
(0.010) (7.2)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
Subpart J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Tr i chl oropheno 1
BAT effluent -limitations for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where
builders ' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper
are produced
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0017
0.00060
Milligrams /liter
(0.029) (14.4) /y
(0.010) (14.4)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
   980

-------
                          Subpart  J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Tri chlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations for !
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where tissue
from wastepaper is produced without deinking
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 lt>) of
product
0.0030
0.0011
Milligrams/ liter
(0.029) (25. 2) /Y
(0.010) (25. 2) /Y
y e wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product ,
                          Subpart  J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where molded
products from wastepaper are produced without:
deinking
Maximum for any 1 day \
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0026
0.00088
Milligrams/ liter
(0.029) (21.1)/y
(0.010) (21.1)/y
y s wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
§ 430.105  New source performance standards  (NSPS).




     Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the



following new source performance standards  (NSPS), except



that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the



maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent



limitations for BODS and TSS, but shall be  subject to annual



average effluent limitations.  Also, for non-continuous



dischargers, concentration limitations  (mg/1) shall apply,




                             981

-------
where provided.   Concentration limitations will only apply



to non-continuous dischargers.   Only facilities where



chlorophenblic-containing biocides are used shall be subject



to pentachlorophenol  and trichlorophenol limitations.




Permittees  not using  chlorophenolic-containing biocides must



certify to  the permit-issuing authority that they are not



using these biocides:




                          Subpart J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where
paperboard from wastepaper is produced- -
noncorrugating medium furnish subdivision ^
Kg/kkg (or pounds- per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
2.6
3.5
(x )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
1.4
1.8
i1 )
Non-continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average )
0.73
0.95
(a ). • •
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.00087
0.00030
Milligrams/ liter
(0.065) (3.2)/y
(0.023) (3.2)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
Within the range of  5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                             982

-------
                             Subpart J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
KTSPS for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where
paperboard from wastepaper is produced--
corrugating medium finish subdivision)
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 lb) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
3.9
4.4
(l )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
2.1
2.3
(x )
Non- continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
1.1
1.2
(* ).
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 lb) of
product
0.00087
0.00030
Milligrams /liter
(0.065) (3.2/y
(0.023) (3.2)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
xWithin the range of 5.0  to  9.0 at all times.
                                 983

-------
                              Subpart J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where
builders ' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper
are produced
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
1.7
2.7
(l )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
0.94
1.40
P )
Non - cont inuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.49
0.74
(l )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
• product
0.0017
0.00060
Milligrams /liter
(0.155) (2.7) /y
(0.053) (2.7) /y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
1Within the range of 5.0  to  9.0 at all times.
                                 984

-------
Subpart J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where tissue
from wastepaper is produced without delinking
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
4.6 ;
10.2
(l )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
2 .5
5.3
t1 )
Non- continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
1.3
2.8
(M
1 Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0030
0.0011
Milligrams/ liter
(O.Q45) (16.3)/y
(0.015) (16.3)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
Within the range of 5.0  to  9.0  at  all  times.
                                  985

-------
                          Subpart J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
PH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where molded
products from wastepaper are produced without
de inking
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
2.1
4.4
C1 )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
1.1
2.3
C1 )
Non-continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
0.58
1.21
(1 )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0026
0.00088
Milligrams/ liter
(0.107) (5.7) /y
(0.037) (5.7)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
       the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




§ 430.106  Pretreatment standards for existing  sources




(PSES).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any



existing source subject to this subpart that introduces



pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must:



comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following



pretreatment standards for existing sources  (PSES) if it



uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides.  Permittees not
                             986

-------
using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify  to the

permit-issuing authority that they are not  using these

biocides.  PSES must be  attained  on or before July 1,  1984:

                            Subpart  J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES for :
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where
paperboard from wastepaper is produced
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.032) (7.2) /y
(0.010) (7.2)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.00096
0.00030
y = wastewater discharged in kgal ,per ton of product
* The following  equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find  it necessary 'to impose mass effluent limitations.
                            Subpart  J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Tri chloropheno 1
PSES for
secondary! fiber non-deink facilities where
builders ' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper
are produced
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.032) (14.4)y
(0.010) Cl4.4)y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product61
0.0019
0.00060
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
* The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance .in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
                                987

-------
                           Subpart  J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where tissue
from wastepaper is produced without deinking
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.032) (25.2)y
(0.010) (25.2/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product a
0.0034
0.0011
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
  me roiiowing equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases  when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
                           Subpart J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where molded
products from wastepaper are produced without
deinking
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.032) (21.1)y
(0.010) (21.1)y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0. 0028
0.00088
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

§ 430.107  Pretreatment  standards for new sources (PSNS).

     Except as provided  in 40  CFR 403.7, any new source

subject  to this subpart  that  introduces pollutants  into a

publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part

403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for

new sources (PSNS) if it uses  chlorophenolic-containing

biocides.   Permittees not  using chlorophenolic-containing
                              988

-------
biocides must certify to theipermit-issuing  authority that

they are not using  these biocides:

                             Subpart J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Tri chloropheno 1
PSNS for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where
paperboard from wastepaper is produced
Maximum for any 1 day •
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
• (0.072) (3. 2)/y
(0.023) *3.2)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.00096
0 .00030
y = wastewater discharged in kgal; per ton of product
a The  following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
                             Subpart J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where
builders' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper
; are produced
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.171) '(2.7) /y
(0.053) :(2.7)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0019
0.00060
y 3 wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
a The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs  find it necessary to impose  mass effluent limitations.
                                 989

-------
                           Subpart J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where tissue
from wastepaper is produced without deinking
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.049) (16.3)/y
(0.015) (16. 3) /y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0034
0. 0011
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
  The following equivalent mass limitations  are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
                           Subpart J
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS for
secondary fiber non-deink facilities where molded
products from wastepaper are produced without
deinking
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams /liter (mg/1)
(0.118) (5.7)/y
(0.037) (5.7)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0028 •
0. 00088
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.

Subpart  K-Pine and Lightweight Papers from Purchased Pulp

§ 430.110  Applicability;  description of the  fine and

lightweight papers from purchased pulp subcategory.

     The provisions of this  subpart are applicable, to

discharges resulting from  the production of:   fine paper at

nonintegrated mills; and lightweight paper at  nonintegrated
                              990

-------
mills.                                                ;


                                                      •
§ 430.111  Specialized definitions.                   ,




     For the purpose of this subpart:                  ;



      (a)  Except as provided in paragraphs  (b) and  (c) of



this section, the general definitions, abbreviations, :and



methods of analysis set forth, in 40 CFR part 401 and



§ 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.    <



      (b)  Cotton fiber furnish subdivision mills are those;



mills where significant quantities of cotton fibers  (equal



to or greater than 4 percent of the total product) are used



in the production of fine papers.



      (c)  Wood fiber furnish subdivision mills are those



mills where cotton fibers are not used in the production of



fine papers.                 ;



§ 430.112  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best




practicable control technology currently available  (BPT).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any



existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve



the following effluent limitations representing the degree



of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the



best practicable control technology currently available



 (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be



subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive



days limitations but shall be subject to annual average







                             991

-------
effluent limitations:
                             Subpart  K
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for non- integrated mills
where fine paper Is produced from purchased pulp- -wood
fiber furnish subdivision
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
8.2
11.0
t1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
, 4.25
5.9
(l)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
2 .4
3.2
P)
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                             Subpart K
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for non- integrated mills
where fine paper is produced from purchased pulp --cotton
fiber furnish subdivision
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
,17.4
24.3
C1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
9.1
13.1
t1)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
5.1
7.2
(x)
•'•Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                                992

-------
                           Subpart  K
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for non- integrated mills
where lightweight papers are produced from purchased pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
24.1
21.6
C1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
13 .2
10.6
(l)
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
7.37
6.0
(i)-
Within the range of 5..0 to 9.0 at all times.
                          Subpart  K
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for non- integrated mills where
lightweight papers are produced from purchased pulp--
electrical ' grade papers subdivision
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product :
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
38.0
34.2
P)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
20.9
16.7
(*)
Non - cont inuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
11.7
9.5
(*):
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.






§ 430.113  Effluent limitations guidelines representing  the




degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application




of the best  conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT).




     Except  as provided in 40: CFR 125.30 through 125.32,  any




existing point source  subject, to this subpart shall achieve
                             993

-------
the following effluent limitations representing the degree


of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the


best conventional pollutant control technology  (BCT): The


limitations shall be the same as those specified for


conventional pollutants  (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16)


in § 430.102 of this subpart for the best practicable


control technology currently available (BPT).


§ 430.114  Effluent limitations representing the degree of


effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best


available technology economically achievable (BAT).


     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any


existing point source subject to this subpart where


chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the


following effluent limitations representing the degree of


effluent reduction attainable- by the application of the best


available technology economically achievable (BAT).  Non-


continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum


day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 Ib)  but shall be


subject to concentration limitations.  Concentration


limitations are only applicable to non-continuous


dischargers.  Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing
                        r

biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that


they are not using these biocides:
                             994

-------
Subp'art K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Tr i chl oropheno 1
BAT effluent limitations for non- integrated mills
where fine paper is produced from purchased
pulp- -wood fiber furnish subdivision
Maximum for any 1 day ;
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0018
0.00064
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of
Milligrams /liter
(0.029) (15 .2) /y ;
(0.010) (15.2)/y
product :
Subpart  K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Tr i chl or opheno 1
BAT effluent limitations for non- integrated mills
where fine paper is produced from purchased
pulp- -cotton fiber furnish subdivision
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ibj of
product
0.0051 >
0.0018
Milligrams /liter
(0.029) (42.3)/y ,
(0.010) (42.3)/y
y a wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
   995

-------
                          Subpart K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations for non- integrated mills
where lightweight papers are produced from
purchased pulp
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0059
0.0020
Milligrams /liter
(0.029) (48.7)/y
(0.010) (48.7)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                          Subpart K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations for non- integrated mills
where lightweight papers are produced from
purchased pulp- -electrical grade papers
subdivision
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0093
0.0032
Milligrams/ liter
(0.029) (76.9)/y
(0.010) (76.9)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
§ 430.115  New source performance standards  (NSPS).




     Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the



following new source performance standards  (NSPS), except



that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the



maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent



limitations for BODS and TSS, but shall be subject to annual



average effluent limitations.  Also, for non-continuous



dischargers, concentration limitations  (mg/1) shall apply,
                             996

-------
where provided.  Concentration limitations will only apply



to non-continuous dischargers.  Only facilities where>



chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject



to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations.



Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must



certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are' not



using these biocides:
                             997

-------
                              Subpart K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
PH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for non- integrated mills
where fine paper is produced from purchased
pulp--wood fiber furnish subdivision
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
3.5
4.4
(I )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
1.9
2.3
(1 )
Non- continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
1.0
1.2
(l )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0018
0.00064
Milligrams /liter
(0.047) (9.4)/y
(0.016) (9.4)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
•'•Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0  at all times.
                                 998

-------
                             Subpart  K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for non- integrated mills
where fine paper is produced from purchased
pulp- -cotton fiber furnish subdivision
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
; 7-8
9.5
(l )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
4.2
4.9
(l )
Non- continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
2.2
2.6
! t1 )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product ;
0.0051
0.0018
Milligrams/ liter
(0.039) (31.1)/y
(0.014) (31.1)/y:
y =s wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
Within the range of  5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                                 999

-------
                              Subpart  K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Tr i chl orophenol
NSPS for non- integrated mills
where lightweight papers are produced from
purchased pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product •
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
13.7
12.0
t1 )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
6.7
5.2
(x )
Non- continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
.4.5
3.2
(1 )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0059
0.0020
Milligrams /liter
(0.037) (38.2)/y
(0.013). (38. 2)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
1Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.
                                 1000

-------
                          Subpart K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for non- integrated mills where lightweight
papers are produced from purchased pulp--
electrical grade papers subdivision
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day ;
24.1 ;
21.1 ;
1
(1 ) !
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
11.7
9.2
(l )
Non - c ont inuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
7.9
5.6
(1 )
Maximum for -any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product ;
0.0093 '
0.0032 ;
Milligrams /liter
(0.033) (6S.8)/y
(0.012) (66.8) /y,
y - wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all times.




§ 430.116  Pretreatment standards  for existing  sources




(PSES).




     Except as provided in 40; CFR  403.7 and 403.13,  any



existing source subject to this  subpart that introduces



pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must:



comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following



pretreatment standards for existing  sources  (PSES)  if it



uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides.  Permittees not



using chlorophenolic-containihg  biocides must certify to  the




                            1001

-------
permit-issuing authority  that they are not  using these

biocides.   PSES must be attained on or before July 1,  1984:

                             Subpart K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES for non- integrated mills
'where fine paper is produced from purchased
pulp- -wood fiber furnish subdivision
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.032) (15.2)/y
(0.010) (15.2)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0020
0.00064
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
  The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
                             Subpart K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES for non- integrated mills
where fine paper is produced from purchased
pulp --cotton fiber furnish subdivision
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.032) (42.3)/y
(0.010) (42. 3) /y-
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0056
0.0018
y = wastewater discharged in legal per ton of product
 The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it  necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
                                1002

-------
                            Subpart K
' Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES for non- integrated mills
where lightweight papers are produced ;from
purchased pulp
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams /liter (mg/1)
(0.032) ('48. 7) /y
(0.010) (48. 7) /y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0065 ;
0.0032
y s wastewater discharged in kgal; per ton of product
8 The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as  guidance in
cases when POTWs  find it . necessary, to impose  mass effluent limitations.
                            Subpart K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES for non- integrated mills where lightweight
papers are produced from purchased pulp--
electrical grade papers subdivision
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.032) (76.9) /y
(0.010) (76.9)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product*
0.010
0.0032
y s wastewater discharged in kgal^per ton of product
•The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases  when POTWs  find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
§ 430.117  Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

      Except as provided in 40  CFR 403.7, any new source

subject to this  subpart that:introduces pollutants into  a

publicly owned treatment works must: comply  with 40 CFR  part

403;  and achieve the following pretreatment  standards-  for
                               1003

-------
new  sources  (PSNS)  if it uses chlorophenolic-containing

biocides.   Permittees n6t using chlorophenolic-containing

biocides must certify to the  permit-issuing authority that

they are not using'these biocides:

                            Subpart  K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS for non- integrated mills
where fine paper is produced from purchased
pulp--wood fiber furnish subdivision
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.052) (9.4)/y
(0.016) (9.4)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product21
0.0020
0.00064
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
aThe following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs  find it necessary to impose mass effluent  limitations.
                            Subpart  K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS for non- integrated mills
where fine paper is produced from purchased
pulp- -cotton fiber furnish subdivision
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.044) (31.1)/y
(0.014) (31.1)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0056
0.0018
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
aThe following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs  find it necessary to impose mass effluent  limitations.
                               1004

-------
                               Subpart K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS for non- integrated mills
where lightweight papers are produced from
purchased pulp
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.041) (38.2) /y
(0.013) (38.2)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0065
0.0020
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
  The following  equivalent mass
cases when POTWs find it necessary
limitations
        are provided as guidance in
to impose  mass effluent  limitations.
                              Subpart  K
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Tri chloropheno 1
PSNS for non- integrated mills where lightweight
papers are produced from purchased pulp--
electrical grade papers subdivision
Maximum for any 1 day ;
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.037) (66. 8) /y
(0.012) (66.8) /y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.010
0.0032
y * wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
* The  following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs  find it  necessary  to  impose mass effluent limitations.
                                 1005

-------
Subpart L-Tissue, Filter, Non-woven/ and Paperboard  from




Purchased Pulp





§ 430.120  Applicability; description of the tissue, filter,




non-woven, and paperboard from purchased pulp subcategory.




    The provisions of this subpart are applicable to



discharges resulting from the production of: tissue papers



at nonintegrated mills; filter and non-woven papers at



nonintegrated mills'; and paperboard at nonintegrated mills.



The production of electrical grades of board and matrix



board is not included in this subpart.



§ 430.121  Specialized definitions.




    For the purpose of this subpart, the general



definitions, abbreviations,  and methods of analysis set



forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall



apply to this subpart.                      .




§ 430.122  Effluent limitations representing the degree of




effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best




practicable control technology currently available (BPT).




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any



existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve



the following effluent limitations representing the degree



of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the



best practicable control technology currently available



(BPT),  except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be
                            1006

-------
subject to the maximum  day and average of 30 consecutive
days  limitations but shall be subject to annual  average
effluent limitations:        ;
                            •  j    •                      ;
                           Subpart L
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for
non- integrated mills where tissue papers are produced from
purchased pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product :
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
11.4 .
10.25
(*)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
6.25
5.0
H
Non- continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
3 . 49
2 . 8!4
(l).
'•Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at  all times.
                           Subpart L
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
pH
BPT effluent limitations for non- integrated mills where
filter and non-woven papers are produced from purchased
pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
29.5
26.6
t1)
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
16.3
13.0
(l)
Non-continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
9.1
7.4
(1)'
Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at  all times.
                              1007

-------
                            Subpart L
Pollutant
or
pollutant
property
BODS
TSS
PH
BPT effluent limitations for non- integrated mills where
paperboard is produced from purchased pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
6.5
5.8
t1')
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive days
3.6
2.8
(*)

Non -continuous
dischargers
(Annual Average)
2.0
1.6
(l)

  § 430.123  Effluent limitations guidelines representing the




  degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application




  of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT).




       Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32,  any



/ existing point source subject to this subpart  shall  achieve



  the following effluent limitations representing the  degree



  of effluent reduction attainable by the application  of  the



  best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The



  limitations shall be the same as those specified for



  conventional pollutants (which are defined in  40 CFR 401.16)



  in §430.122 of this subpart for the best practicable control



  technology currently available (BPT).




  §  430.124   Effluent limitations representing the degree of




  effluent reduction attainable by the application of  the best




  available  technology economically achievable (BAT).
                              1008

-------
     Except as provided in 40' CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any



existing point source subject to this subpart where



chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the



following effluent limitation's representing the degree of



effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best



available technology economically achievable  (BAT).  Non-



continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum



day mass limitations in kg/kkg  (lb/1000 Ib) but shall;be



subject to concentration limitations.  Concentration  .



limitations are only applicable to non-continuous



dischargers.  Permittees not |using chlorophenolic-containing



biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that



they are not using these biocides:



                          Subpart  L
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations for -.
non- integrated mills where tissue papers are
produced from purchased pulp
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0028
0.00096;
Milligrams/ liter
(0.029) (22.9)/y
(0.010) (22.9) /y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                            1009

-------
                          Subpart L
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations for
non- integrated mills where filter and non-woven
papers are produced from purchased pulp
.Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1;000 Ib) of
product
0.0072
0.0025
Milligrams/liter
(0.029) (59. 9) /y
(0.010) (59. 9) /y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
                          Subpart L
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
BAT effluent limitations for
non- integrated mills where paperboard is produced
from purchased pulp
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1, 000 Ib) of
product
0.0016
0.00054
Milligrams/liter
(0.029) (12. 9) /y
(0.010) (12. 9) /y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
§ 430.125  New source performance standards  (NSPS).




     Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the



following new source performance standards  (NSPS), except



that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the



maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent



limitations for BODS and TSS, but shall be subject to annual



average effluent limitations.  Also, for non-continuous
                            1010

-------
dischargers, concentration limitations  (mg/1) shall apply,



where provided.  Concentration limitations will only apply



to non-continuous dischargers.  Only facilities where



chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject



to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations.



Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must



certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not



using these biocides:
                            1011

-------
Subpart L
Pollutant or . .
pollutant property
i
BODS
TSS
PH

"
Pentachlorophenol
Tr i chl or ophenol
NSPS for non- integrated mills where tissue papers
are produced from purchased pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
7.0
6.0
<* )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
3.4
2.6
(l )
Non-continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
2.3
1.6
(x )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0.028
0.00096
Milligrams/liter
(0.035) (19.1)/y
(0.0.12) (19.1)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
  1012

-------
                             Subpart L
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for
non- integrated mills where filter and non-woven
papers are produced from purchased pulp
, Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
17.1
15.0 ;
'(' ) :
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
8.3
6.6
(l )
Non-continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
5.6
4.0
(J )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0072
0.0025
Milligrams /liter
(0.037) (47.5)/y!
(0.013) (47.5)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
aWithin the range of 5.0 to  9.0 at all times.
                                1013

-------
                          Subpart L
Pollutant or
pollutant property
BODS
TSS
pH


Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
NSPS for non- integrated mills where paperboard is
produced from purchased pulp
Kg/kkg (or pounds per 1,000 Ib) of product
Continuous Dischargers
Maximum for any 1
day
4. 0
3.5
(l )
Average of
daily
values for
30
consecutive
days
1.9
1.5
• ' t1 •)
Non - continuous
Dischargers
(Annual Average)
1.3
0.9
C1 )
Maximum for any 1 day
Kg/kkg (or pounds
per 1,000 Ib) of
product
0.0016
0.00054
Milligrams/ liter
(0.033) (11.2}/y
(0.012) (11.2)/y
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton at all times
'•Within the range of 5.0 to 9.0 at all.times.




§ 430.126  Pretreatment standards for existing  sources




(PSES). '




     Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and  403.13,  any



existing source subject to this subpart that introduces



pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works  must:



comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following



pretreatment standards for existing sources  (PSES)  if  it



uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides.  Permittees not



using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify  to  the
                            1014

-------
permit-issuing authority  that they are not  using these

biocides.   PSES must be attained on or before July  1,  1984:

                             Subpart L
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES for
non- integrated mills where tissue papers are
produced from purchased pulp ;
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
i
(0.032) (22.9) /y
(0.010) (22.9)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0031
0.00096
y m wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
* The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary'to impose mass effluent limitations.
                             Subpart L
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES for
non-integrated mills where filter and non-woven
papers are produced from purchased pulp
Maximum for any 1 day ,
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.032) (59.9)/y
(0.010) (59. 9} /y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0080
0.0025 I
y = wastewater discharged in kgal !per ton of product
* The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when  POTWs find it necessary!to impose mass effluent limitations
                                1015

-------
                           Subpart L
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSES for non- integrated mills where paperboard is
produced from purchased pulp
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.032) (12. 9) /y
(0.010) (12.9)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0017
0.00054
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
  The following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
§ 430.127  Pretreatment standards for new  sources (PSNS).

     Except  as  provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source

subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a

publicly owned  treatment works must: comply  with 40 CFR part

403; and achieve the following pretreatment  standards for

new sources  (PSNS)  if it uses chlorophenolic-containing

biocides.  Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing

biocides must certify to the permit-issuing  authority that'

they are not using  these biocides:
                             1016

-------
                               Subpart L
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentach.loropb.enol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS for non- integrated mills where tissue papers
are produced from purchased pulp
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (tng/1)
(0.038) (19.1) /y
(0.012) (19.1) /y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0031 :
0.00096
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
* The following equivalent mass  limitations are provided as guidance in
cas.es when POTWs find it necessary to impose  mass  effluent limitations.
                               SubpartL
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pentachlorophenol
Trichlorophenol
PSNS for non -integrated mills where filter and
non-woven papers are produced from purchased pulp
Maximum for any 1 day
Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.040) (47.5)/y
(0.013) (47.5)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0080 •
0.0025
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
• The  following equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose  mass  effluent  limitations.
                                  1017

-------
                           Subpart L
Pollutant or
pollutant property
Pent achloropheno 1
Tri chl orophenol
PSNS for
non- integrated mills where paperboard is produced
from purchased pulp
Maximum for any 1 day
"Milligrams/liter (mg/1)
(0.037) (11.2)/y
(0.012) (11.2)/y
Kg/kkg (or pounds per
1,000 Ib) of product3
0.0017
0.00054
y = wastewater discharged in kgal per ton of product
  The tpllowing equivalent mass  limitations are provided as guidance in
cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations.
Appendix A to Part 430--Methods 1650 and 1653

                         Method 1650

                  Adsorbable Organic Halides

           by Adsorption and  Coulometric  Titration

1.0  Scope and Application

1. 1  This method is for determination of adsorbable organic

halides  (AOX)  associated with the Clean Water Act; the

Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; the Comprehensive

Environmental Response,  Compensation, and Liability Act; and

other organic halides amenable to combustion and coulometric

titration..  The method is  designed to meet the survey and

monitoring requirements of the Environmental Protection

Agency  (EPA).

1.2  The method is applicable to the determination of AOX  in

water and wastewater.   This method is a combination of
                             1018

-------
several existing methods for organic halide measurements         ^Bk


                             1                        :          '  V
(References 1 through 7).



1.3  The method can be used to measure organically-bound



halides (chlorine, bromine, iodine)  present in dissolved or



suspended form.  Results are reported as organic chloride



(Cl~).   The detection limit of  the method is  usually .
                                                     I


dependent on interferences rather than instrumental



limitations.  A method detection limit (MDL;  Reference 8) of



6.6 /ig/L,  and a minimum level  (ML;  Section 18) of 20 />tg/L,



can be achieved with no interferences present.



1.4  This method is for use by or under the supervision of



analysts experienced in the use of a combustion/micro-



coulometer.  Each laboratory 'that uses this method must



demonstrate the ability to generate acceptable results using



the procedures described in Section 9.2.



1.5  Any modification of the :method beyond those expressly



permitted  (Section 9.1.2)  is subject to application and



approval of an alternate test procedure under 40 CFJR 136.4




and 136.5.                   ;



2.0  Summary of Method




2.1  Sample preservation:  Residual chlorine that may be



present is removed by the addition of sodium thiosulfate.



Samples are adjusted to a pH < 2 and maintained at 0 to 4°C



until analysis.              '



2.2 Sample analysis: Organic halide in water is determined



by adsorption onto granular activated carbon  (GAG), washing




                            1019

-------
the adsorbed sample and GAG to remove inorganic halide,



combustion of the sample and GAG to form the hydrogen



halide, and titration of the hydrogen halide with a micro-



coulometer, as shown in Figure 1.



2.3  Micro-coulometer .



2.3.1  This detector operates by maintaining a constant



silver-ion concentration in a titration cell .   An electric



potential is applied to a solid silver electrode to produce



silver ions in the cell .   As hydrogen halide produced from




the combustion of organic halide enters the cell, it is



partitioned into an acetic acid electrolyte where it



precipitates as silver halide.  The current produced is



integrated over the combustion period.  The electric charge



is proportional to the number of moles of halogen captured



in the cell (Reference 6) .



2.3.2  The mass concentration of organic halides is reported



as an equivalent concentration of organically bound chloride
3.0  Definitions




3.1  Adsorbable organic halides is defined as the analyte



measured by this method.  The nature of the organo- halides



and the presence of semi-extractable material will influence



the amount measured and interpretation of results .



3.2  Definitions for terms used in this method are given in



the glossary at the end of the method (Section 18) .



4.0  Interferences





                            1020

-------
4.1   Solvents,  reagents, glassware, and other sample


processing hardware may yielcl elevated readings from the


micro-coulometer.  All materials used in the analysis shall


be demonstrated to be free  from interferences under the


conditions of analysis by running method blanks initially


and with each sample batch  (samples started through the


adsorption process in a -given eight-hour shift, to a maximum


of 20 samples).  Specific selection of reagents and


purification of solvents may be required.


4.2  Glassware  is cleaned by'detergent washing in hot water,


rinsing with tap water and  distilled water, capping with


aluminum foil,  and baking at;450°C for at least one hour.


For some glassware, immersion in a chromate cleaning


solution prior  to detergent washing may be required.  If


blanks from glassware without cleaning or with fewer


cleaning steps  show no detectable organic halide,  the


cleaning steps  that do not  eliminate organic halide may be


omitted.


4.3  Most often, contamination results from methylene


chloride vapors in laboratories that perform organic


extractions.  Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning


systems that are shared between the extraction laboratory


and the laboratory in which organic halide measurements are


performed transfer the methyiene chloride vapors to the air
                             i

in the organic  halide laboratory.  Exposure of the activated


carbon used in  the analysis results in contamination.



                            1021

-------
Separate air handling systems, charcoal filters, and glove



boxes can be used to minimize this exposure.



4.4  Activated carbon.




4.4.1  The purity of each lot of activated carbon must be



verified before each use by measuring the adsorption



capacity and the background level of halogen (Section 9.5).



The stock of activated carbon should be stored in its



granular form in a glass container that is capped tightly.



Protect carbon at all times from sources of halogen vapors.



4.4.2  Inorganic substances such as chloride, chlorite,



bromide, and iodide will adsorb on activated carbon to an



extent dependent on their original concentration in the



aqueous solution and the volume of sample adsorbed.



Treating the activated carbon with a solution of nitrate



causes competitive desorption of inorganic halide species.



However, if the inorganic halide concentration is greater



than 2,000 times the organic halide concentration,



artificially high results may be obtained.



4.4.3 Halogenated organic compounds that are weakly adsorbed



on activated carbon are only partially recovered from the



sample.  These include certain alcohols and acids such as



chloroethanol and chloroacetic acid that can be removed from



activated carbon by the nitrate wash.



4.5  Polyethylene gloves should be worn when handling



equipment surfaces in contact with the sample to prevent



transfer of contaminants that may be present on the hands.






                            1022

-------
5.0  Safety




5.1  The toxicity or carcinogenicity of each reagent used in



this method has not been precisely determined; however, each



chemical substance should be treated as a potential health



hazard.  Exposure to these substances should be reduced to



the lowest possible level.  The laboratory is responsible



for maintaining a current awareness file of OSHA regulations



regarding the safe handling of the chemicals specified in



this method.  A reference file of material safety data



sheets  (MSDSs) should be made1 available to all personnel



involved in the chemical analysis.  Additional information



on laboratory safety can be found in References 9 through



11.                          ;



5.2  This method employs strong acids.   Appropriate



clothing, gloves, and eye protection should be worn when



handling these substances.



5.3  Field samples may contain high concentrations of toxic



volatile compounds.  Sample containers  should be opened in a



hood and handled with gloves that will  prevent exposure.



6 . 0  Equipment and Supplies




Note:  Brand names, suppliers,  and part numbers are for




illustrative purposes only.  No endorsement is implied.




Equivalent performance may be- achieved using apparatus and




materials other than those specified here, but demonstration




of equivalent performance that meets the requirements of




                            1023                        "

-------
this method is the responsibility of the laboratory.




6.1  Sampling equipment.




6.1.1  Bottles: 100- to 4000-mL, amber glass, sufficient for



all testing (Section 8.2).  Detergent water wash, chromic



acid rinse, rinse with tap and distilled water, cover with



aluminum foil, and heat to 450°C for at least one hour



before use.



6.1.2  PTFE liner: Cleaned as above and baked at 100 to



200°C for at least one hour.



6.1.3  Bottles and liners must be lot certified to be free



of organic halide by running blanks according to this



method.



6.2  Scoop for granular activated carbon (GAC): Capable of



precisely measuring 40 mg (±5 mg) GAC (Dbhrmann Measuring



Cup 521-021, or equivalent).



6.3  Batch adsorption and filtration system.



6.3.1  Adsorption system: Rotary shaker, wrist action



shaker, ultrasonic system, or other system for assuring



thorough contact of sample with activated carbon.  Systems



different from"the one described below must be demonstrated



to meet the performance requirements in Section 9 of this



method.



6.3.1.1  Erlenmeyer flasks:  250- to 1500-mL with ground-



glass stopper, for use with rotary shaker.



6.3.1.2  Shake table: Sybron Thermolyne Model LE "Big Bill"



rotator/shaker, or equivalent.





                            1024

-------
6.3.1.3  Rack attached to shake table to permit agitation of



16 to 25 samples simultaneously.



6.3.2  Filtration system  (Figure 2).



6.3.2.1  Vacuum filter holder: Glass, with fritted-glass



support  (Fisher Model 09-753E, or equivalent).
                             I


6.3.2.2  Polycarbonate filter: 0.40 to 0.45 micron, 25-mm



diameter (Micro Separations  Inc, Model K04CP02500, or



equivalent)                •  '



6.3.2.3  Filter forceps: Fisher Model 09-753-50, or



equivalent, for handling filters.  Two forceps may better



aid in handling filters.  Clean by washing with detergent



and water,  rinsing with tap  and deionized water, and air



drying on aluminum foil.



6.3.2.4  Vacuum flask: 500-  to 1500-mL (Fisher 10-180,0, or



equivalent).



6.3.2.5  Vacuum Source: A pressure/vacuum pump, rotary



vacuum pump, or other vacuum:source capable of providing at



least 610 mm (24 in.) Hg vacuum at 30 L/min free air



displacement.



6.3.2.6 Stopper and tubing to mate the filter holder to the



flask and the flask to the pump.



6.3.2.7  Polyethylene gloves:  (Fisher 11-394-110-B, or



equivalent).



6.4  Column adsorption system.



6.4.1  Adsorption module: Dohrmann AD-2,  Mitsubishi TXA-2,



or equivalent with pressurized sample and nitrate-wash

                             [



                             1025

-------
reservoirs, adsorption  columns,  column housings, gas and gas



pressure regulators, and  receiving vessels.  For each sample



reservoir, there are two  adsorption  columns connected in



series.  A small steel  funnel  for filling the columns and a



rod for pushing out the carbon are also required.  A     ^




schematic of the column adsorption system is shown in Figure



3.




6.4.2  Adsorption columns: Pyrex, 5  ± 0.2 cm long x 2 mm ID,



to hold 40 mg, of granular activated  carbon  (GAG).



6.4.3  Cerafelt: Johns-Manville, or  equivalent, formed into



plugs using stainless steel borer  (2 mm ID) with ejection



rod (available from Dohrmann or  Mitsubishi) to hold 40 mg of



granular activated carbon (GAG).  Caution: Handle Cerafelt



with gloves.




6.,4.4  Column holders:  To support adsorption columns.



6.5  Combustion/micro-coulometer system:.Commercially



available as a single unit or  assembled from parts.  At the.



time of the writing'of  this method,  organic halide units



were commercially available from the Dohrmann Division of



Rosemount Analytical, Santa Glara, California; Euroglas BV,



Delft, the Netherlands; and Mitsubishi Chemical Industries,



Ltd.,  Tokyo,'Japan.                   .



6.5.1  Combustion system: Older  systems may not have all of



the features shown in Figure 4.  These older systems may. be



used provided the performance  requirements  (Section 9)  of



this method are met.






                            1026

-------
6.5.1.1  Combustion tube: Quartz,  capable of being heated to

800 to 1000°C and accommodating a  boat sampler.   The tube


must contain an air lock for introduction of a combustion


boat, connections for purge and combustion gas,  and


connection to the micro-coulpmeter cell.
                                                 •
6.5.1.2  Tube furnace capable of controlling combustion tube


in the range of 800 to 1000°C.

6.5.1.3  Boat sampler: Capable of  holding 35 to 45 mg of


activated carbon and a polycarbonate filter, and fitting


into the combustion tube (Section 6.5.1.1).  Some


manufacturers offer an enlarged boat and combustion tube for


this purpose.  Under a time-Controlled sequence, the boat is


first moved into an evaporation zone where water and other


volatiles are evaporated, and then into the combustion zone


where the carbon and all other organic material in the boat


are burned in a flowing oxygen stream.  The evolved gases


are transported by a non-reactive carrier gas to the micro-


coulometer cell.

6.5.1.4  Motor driven boat sampler: Capable of advancing the


combustion boat into the furnace in a reproducible time


sequence.  A suggested time sequence is as follows:

     A.  Establish initial gas flow rates: 160 mL/min CO2;


     40 mL/min O2.

     B.  Sequence start         '

     C.  Hold boat in hatch for five seconds to allow

     integration for baseline subtraction.



                            1027

-------
      D.  Advance boat into vaporization zone.




      E.  Hold boat in vaporization zone for 110 seconds.



      F.  Establish gas flow rates for combustion: 200 mL/min



      O2;  0  mL/min CO2; advance boat into pyrolysis zone



      (800°C).




      G.  Hold boat in pyrolysis zone for six minutes.



      H.  Return gas flow rates to initial values; retract



      boat into hatch to cool and to allow remaining HX to be



      swept into detector (approximately two minutes).



      I.  Stop integration at 10 minutes after sequence



      start.




 Note:   If the signal from the detector does not return to




 baseline,  it may be necessary to extend the pyrolysis




 time.The  sequence above  may need to be optimized for each




 instrument.




 6.5.1.5  Absorber:  Containing sulfuric acid to dry the gas



 stream  after combustion  to  prevent  backflush of electrolyte



 is  highly recommended.




 6.5.2   Micro-coulometer  system:  Capable of  detecting the



 equivalent  of  0.2 //g of  Cl". at a signal-to-noise ratio of  2 ;



 capable of  detecting the  equivalent  of 1  /zg of Cl" with a



 relative  standard deviation less  than  10%,  and capable of



'accumulating a minimum of the  equivalent  of 500 /xg of  Cl"



 before  a  change  of  electrolyte  is required.



 6.5.2.1 Micro-coulometer cell: The  three cell designs
                            1028

-------
presently in use are shown in Figure 1.  Cell operation is
                             i
described in Section 2.

6.5.2.2  Cell controller: Electronics capable of measuring

the small currents generated ;in the cell and accumulating

and displaying the charge produced by hydrogen halides

entering the cell.  A strip-dhart recorder is desirable for

display of accumulated charge.
6.6  Miscellaneous glassware:
below; other sizes may be used, as necessary.
6.6.1  Volumetric flasks: 5-,
 nominal sizes are specified
10-,  25-,  50-,  100-,  and 1000-
mL.                          •

6.6.2  Beakers: 100-, 500-, and 1000-mL.

6.6.3  Volumetric pipets: 1- ;and 10-mL with pipet bulbs.

6.6.4  Volumetric micro-pipets: 10-, 20-, 50-, 100-, 200-,

and 500-^L with pipet control  (Hamilton 0010, o±-

equivalent) .                 !

6.6.5  Graduated cylinders: 10-, 100-, and 1000-mL.

6.7  Micro-syringes: 10-, 50--, and 100-/iL.
                             •                       • t
6.8  Balances.

6.8.1  Top-loading, capable of weighing 0.1 g.

6.8.2  Analytical, capable of weighing 0.1 mg.

6.9  pH meter.               ',

6.10  Wash bottles: 500- to 1000-mL, PTFE or polyethylene.

6.11  Strip-chart recorder: suggested but not required--

useful for determining end of  integration  (Section  11.4.2).

7.0  Reagents  and Standards
                             ]>

                            1029

-------
7.1  Granular  activated carbon (GAG):  75 to 150 ^m (100 to



200 mesh);  (Dohrmann,  Mitsubishi,  Carbon Plus,  or




equivalent) , with chlorine content less than 1  /zg Cl" per



scoop  (<  25 /zg Cl" per gram) , adsorption capacity greater



than 1000 jzg Cl"  (as 2,4,6-trichlorophenol) per scoop



(>25,000  Atg/g) ,  inorganic  halide retention of less  than 1  /zg



Cl" per scoop in the presence of 10 mg of  inorganic halide



(< 20 //g  Cl" per gram in the presence of 2500 mg of



inorganic halide), and that meets  the  other test  criteria  in



this method.




7.2  Reagent water: Water  in which organic halide is  not



detected by this  method.



7.2.1  Preparation: Reagent water  may  be generated  by:



7.2.1.1  Activated carbon:  Pass tap water  through a carbon



bed (Calgon Filtrasorb-300, or equivalent).



7.2.1.2  Water purifier: Pass tap  water through a purifier



(Millipore Super  Q, or equivalent).



7.2.2  pH adjustment:  Adjust the pH of  the reagent  water to



< 2 with nitric acid for all reagent water used in  this



method, except for the  acetic acid solution (Section  7.13).



7.3  Nitric acid  (HNO3) : Concentrated,  analytical grade.



7.4  Sodium chloride  (NaCl). solution  (100  /ig/mL of  Cl")  :



Dissolve 0.165 g NaCl  in 1000 mL reagent water.   This



solution is used  for cell  testing  and  for  the inorganic



halide rejection  test.




7.5  Ammonium chloride  (NH4C1)  solution (100 /ig/mL of Cl") :






                            1030

-------
Dissolve 0.1509 g NH4C1 in 1000 mL reagent water.



7.6  Sulfuric acid: Reagent grade  (specific gravity  1184) .



7.7  Oxygen: 99.9% purity.   ;



7.8  Carbon Dioxide:  99.9% purity.                    '



7.9  Nitrate stock solution: 'In a  1000-mL volumetric flask,



dissolve 17 g of NaNO3 in approximately 100 mL of reagent



water, add 1.4 mL nitric acid  (Section 7.3) and  dilute  to
                             i


the mark with reagent water. :                         ;



7.10  Nitrate wash solution: Dilute 50 mL of nitrate stock



solution (Section 7.9) to 100:0 mL  with reagent water.



7.11  Sodium thiosulfate  (Na2S2O3)   solution (1 N)  : Weigh 79



grams of Na2S2O3 in a 1-L volumetric flask and dilute to the



mark with reagent water.     ;



7.12  Trichlorophenol solutions



Note:  The calibration solutions in this section employ 100-




mL volumes.  For determinatidns requiring a larger or




smaller volume, increase or decrease  the size of the




volumetric flasks commensurately.  For example,  if a 1-L
                             f          '               (


sample is to be analyzed, use 1000-mL 'flasks  (Sections




7.12.3.1 and 7.12.4)  and 10 times  the volume of  reagent


                             [

water  (Sections 7.12.3.1 and \7.12.4).  The volume of stock

                             i


solution added to the calibration  solutions and  precision




and recovery  (PAR) test solution remain as specified




(Sections 7.12.3.2 and 7.12.4) so  that the same  amount  of
                            1;031

-------
 chloride is delivered to the coulometric cell regardless of




 the volume of the calibration and PAR solutions.




 7.12.1  Methanol:  HPLC grade.




 7.12.2  Trichlorophenol stock solution (1.0 mg/mL of Cl") :



 Dissolve 0.186 g of 2,4,6-trichlorophenol in 100 mL of



 halide-free methanol.                           .




 7.12.3  Trichlorophenol calibration solutions.



 7.12.3.1  Place approximately 90 mL of reagent  water in each



 of  five  100-mL volumetric flasks.




 7.12.3.2 Using a calibrated micro-syringe or micro-pipets,



 add 2, 5,  10,  30,  and 80  /iL of the trichlorophenol stock



 solution (Section  7.12.2)  to the volumetric flasks and



 dilute each to the mark with reagent water to produce



 calibration solutions of  2,  5,  10,  30,  and 80 fj.g Cl" per 100



 mL  of  solution (20,  50, 100,  300,  and 800 /^g/L) .



 7.12.3.3  Some instruments  may have a calibration range that



 does not extend to 800  /zg/L (80 fj,g of Cl") .  For those



 instruments, a narrower dynamic range may be used.   However,



 if  the concentration of halide in ,a sample exceeds that



 range, the  sample  must  be diluted  to bring the  concentration



within the  range calibrated.



 7.12.4   Trichlorophenol precision  and recovery  (PAR)  test



 solution (10 //g/L  of Cl") : Partially fill a 100-mL



volumetric  flask,  add 10 /*L  of  the  stock  solution  (Section



 7.12.2),   and.dilute  to  the mark with reagent  water.



 7.. 13  Acetic acid  solution:  Containing  30  to  70% acetic acid




                             1032

-------
in deionized water, per the instrument manufacturer's '

instructions.

8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage


8.1  Sample preservation.    l-

8.1.1  Residual chlorine: If the sample is known or

suspected to contain free chlorine, the chlorine must :be

reduced to eliminate positive1 interference that may result

from continued chlorination reactions.  A knowledge of the

process from which the samplej. is collected may be of value

in determining whether dechlorination is necessary.   :

Immediately after sampling, test for residual chlorine using

the following method or an alternative EPA method  (Reference

12) :

8.1.1.1  Dissolve a few crystals of potassium iodide in the

sample and add three to five drops of a 1% starch solution.

A blue color indicates the presence of residual chlorine.

8.1.1.2  If residual chlorine1 is found, add 1 rnL of sodium

thiosulfate solution (Section 7.11) for each 2.5 ppm of free

chlorine or until the blue color disappears.   Do not add an

excess of sodium thiosulfate.  Excess sodium thiosulfate may

cause decomposition of a small fraction of the OX.
                             !
8.1.2  Acidification: Adjust the pH of aqueous samples to <

2 with nitric acid.  Acidification inhibits biological

activity and stabilizes chemibal degradation, including

possible dehalogenation reactions that may occur at high pH.

Acidification is necessary to facilitate thorough


                            1033

-------
adsorption.




8.1.3  Refrigeration: Maintain Samples at a temperature of  0



to 4°C from time of collection until analysis.



8.2  Collect the amount of sample necessary for analysis



(Section 11) and all QC tests (Section 9) in an amber glass



bottle of the appropriate size (Section 6.1.1).



8.3  Analyze samples no less than three days nor more than



six months after collection.



9.0  Quality Control




9.1  Each laboratory that uses this method is required to



operate a formal quality assurance program.  The minimum



requirements of this program consist of an initial




demonstration of laboratory capability, an ongoing analysis




of standards and blanks as tests of continued performance,



and analysis of matrix spike and matrix spike duplicate



(MS/MSD)  samples to assess accuracy and precision.



Laboratory performance is compared to established



performance criteria to determine if the results of analyses



meet the performance characteristics of the method.




9.1.1  The laboratory shall make an initial demonstration of



the ability to produce acceptable results with this method.



This ability is demonstrated as  described in Section 9.2.



9.1.2  The laboratory is permitted to modify this method to



improve separations or lower the costs of measurements,



provided that all performance specifications are met.   Each



time a modification is made to the method,  the laboratory is





                            1034

-------
required to repeat the procedures in Sections 9.2.2 and 10


to demonstrate continued method performance.  If the


detection limit of the method will be affected by the


modification, the laboratory[should demonstrate that the MDL


(40 CFR 136, Appendix B) is less than or equal to the MDL in


this method or one-third the regulatory compliance level,


whichever is higher.


9.1.3  The laboratory shall spike 10% of the samples with


known concentrations of 2,4,6-trichlorophenol to monitor


method performance and matrix interferences  (interferences


caused by the sample matrix).  This test is described in


Section 9.3.  When results of these spikes indicate atypical


method performance for samples, the samples are diluted to


bring method performance within acceptable limits.


9.1.4  Analyses of blanks are required to demonstrate


freedom from contamination.  The procedures and criteria for


analysis of blanks are described in Section 9.4.


9.1.5  The laboratory shall,Jon an ongoing basis,


demonstrate through the analysis of the precision and


recovery  (PAR) standard that;the analysis system is in


control.  These procedures are described in Section 9.10.


9.1.6  The laboratory shall perform quality control tests on


the granular activated carboii.  These procedures are


described in Section 9.5.,


9.1.7  Samples are analyzed in duplicate to demonstrate


precision.  These procedures are described in Section 9.6.
                             i



'   ,                         1035

-------
9.2   Initial demonstration  of laboratory capability.



9.2.1  Method Detection Limit  (MDL):  To establish the




ability to detect AOX, the  laboratory should determine the



MDL per the procedure in 40 CFR 136, Appendix B using the



apparatus, reagents, and standards  that will be used in the



practice of this method.  An MDL less than or equal to the



MDL in Section 1.3 should be achieved prior to the practice



of this method.




9.2.2  Initial precision and recovery (IPR): To establish



the ability to generate acceptable  precision and recovery,



the laboratory shall perform the following operations:



9.2.2.1  Analyze four aliquots of the PAR standard (Section



7.12.4) and a method blank according to the procedures in



Sections 9.4 and 11.     .         .




9.2.2.2  Using the blank-subtracted results of the set of



four analyses, compute the average  percent recovery (X)  and



the standard deviation of the percent recovery (s)  for the



results.




9.2.2.3  The average percent recovery shall be in the range



of 81 to 114 /ig/L and the standard  deviation shall be less



than 8 /zg/L.  If X and s meet these acceptance criteria,



system performance is acceptable and analysis of blanks and



samples may begin.  If,  however, s  exceeds the precision



limit or X falls outside the range  for recovery,  system



performance is unacceptable.  In this case, correct the



problem and repeat the test.






                            1036

-------
them to determine the concentration after  spiking.

9.3.2.1  Compute the percent [recovery of each  analyte in

each aliquot:                ;

               „. _        100 (Found - Background)
               % Recovery - 	-	-
                             I      T
               where'.         \
                    T is the  true value of the spike

9.3.2.2  Compute the relative' percent difference  (RPD)

between the two results (not between the two recoveries)  as

described in Section 12.4.

9.3.2.3  If the RPD is less than 20%, and  the  recoveries for

the MS and MSD are  within the range of 78  to 116%,  the

results are acceptable.      ,

9.3.2.4  If the RPD is greater than 20%, analyze  two

alicjuots of the precision and recovery standard (PAR) .            MB

9.3.2.4.1  If the RPD for the two aliquots of  the PAR is

greater than 20%, the analytical system is out of control.

In this case, repair the  problem and repeat the analysis of

the sample batch, including the MS/MSD.

9.3.2.4.2  If, however, the RPD for the two aliquots of the

PAR is less than 20%, dilute [the sample chosen for the

MS/MSD by a factor  of 2 - 10 [(to remain within the working

range of the analytical system) and repeat the MS/MSD test.

If the RPD is still greater than 20%, the  result  may not be

reported for regulatory compliance purposes.   In  this case,

choose another sample for the MS/MSD and repeat analysis of      •
                             |;
the sample batch.


                            1038

-------
"preparation  (Section 11.1).  If using the micro-column




 procedure, adsorb the method blank using two columns, as



 described in Section 11.  Combust the GAG from each column



 separately, as described in Section 11.




 9.4.1.3  If the result from the blank from the batch method



 or the sum of the results from two columns is more than 20



 //g/L,  analysis of samples is halted until the source of




 contamination is eliminated and a blank  shows no evidence of



 contamination at this level.




 9.4.2   Nitrate-washed GAG blanks:  Analyzed daily to



 demonstrate that the GAG is free from contamination.



 9.4.2.1  Nitrate-washed GAG blank for the batch procedure:



 Analyze a batch nitrate-washed  GAG blank by adding a scoop



 of dry GAG to the assembled filter apparatus containing the



 polycarbonate membrane  and washing the GAG with the nitrate



 wash solution (Section  7.10)  using the procedure  in Section



 11.2.6.




 9.4,2.2   Nitrate-washed GAG blank  for  the  column  procedure:



 Analyze  a column nitrate-washed  GAG blank  by assembling  two



 carbon columns  in series and  washing the columns  with the



 nitrate  wash  solution  (Section 7.10) using the  procedure in



 Section  11.3.4.2.  Analyze  the GAG in  each column



 separately.   The  results  of the  second analysis must be



 within ±0.2 /zg  Cl~ of the first.   A difference greater than



 0.2 fj,g Cl" indicates a lack of homogeneity in the GAG that



 could  introduce unacceptable variability.   If the difference





                            1040

-------
exceeds this amount, the GAG;should be replaced.


9.4.3  The result for the reagent water blank  (Section


9.4.1) shall not exceed the result for the nitrate wash


blank  (Section 9.4.2.1 or 9.4.2.2) by more than 0.5 /zg Cl".


9.5  Granular activated carbon  (GAG) batch testing: Each lot


number or batch of activated carbon received from a supplier


is tested once before use to:ensure adequate quality.  Use


only GAG that meets the test •• criteria below.


9.5.1  Contamination test: Analyze a scoop of GAG.  Rej ect



carbon if the amount of OX exceeds 1 /ig  (25 /zg Cl"/g) .


9.5.2  Inorganic chloride adsorption test: Attempt to adsorb


NaCl from 100 mL of a solution  containing 100 mg/L in


reagent water.  Wash with nitrate solution and analyze.  The


amount of halide should be less than 1 pg Cl" larger than


the blank.  A larger amount  indicates significant uptake of


inorganic chloride by the carbon.  Reject carbon  if the 1 /zg



level  is exceeded.           1


9.6  Samples that are being  used  for regulatory compliance
                             I

purposes shall be analyzed in duplicate.


9.6.1  The procedure for  preparing  duplicate sample aliquots
                             f

is described in .Section 11.5.


9.6.2  Calculate the RPD  by  following the same procedure



described in Section 12.4.   :


9.6.3  If the RPD is greater than 20%, the  analyses must be



repeated.                                    .


9.6.4  If the RPD remains greater than 20%,  the result  may




                             '1041

-------
 not be reported for regulatory compliance purposes.




 9.7  The specifications in this method can be met if the



 apparatus used is calibrated properly and maintained in a



 calibrated state.  The standards used for calibration



 (Section 10),  calibration verification (Section 9.9),  and



 for initial (Section 9.2.2)  and ongoing (Section 9.10)




 precision and recovery should be identical,  so that  the most



 precise  results will be obtained.




 9.8  Depending on specific program requirements,  field



 duplicates may be collected  to determine  the precision of



 the sampling  technique.




 9.9  At  the beginning and end of each eight-hour shift



 during which  analyses are performed,  system  performance and



 calibration are verified.  Verification of system



 performance and calibration  may be  performed more



 frequently, if  desired.




 9.9.1  If  performance and calibration are verified at the



 beginning  and end of  each shift  (or more frequently),



 samples  analyzed during  that  period are considered valid.



 9.9.2  If  performance and calibration are not verified  at--



 both the beginning and end of  a  shift  (or more frequently),



 samples  analyzed during  that period must be  reanalyzed.



 9.9.3  If  calibration is verified at  the beginning of a



 shift, recalibration  using the five standards, described in



 Section  10.6 is  not necessary; otherwise,  the instrument



must be recalibrated prior to analyzing samples  (Section






                            1042

-------
10) .

9.9.4  Cell maintenance and other changes to the analytical

system that can affect system performance may not be .

performed during the eight-hour  (or shorter) shift.

9.10  Calibration verification and ongoing precision and

recovery: Calibration and system performance are verified by

the analysis of the 100 pig/Li PAR standard.
                            r
9.10.1  Analyze a blank  (Section 9.4) and analyze the PAR

standard  (Section 7.12.4) immediately thereafter at the

beginning and end of each shift.  Compute the concentration

of organic halide in the blank and in the PAR standard using

the procedures in Section 12.  The blank shall be less than

2 n<3 Cl" (20 ^g/L equivalent) .

9.10.2  Subtract the result for the blank from the result of

the PAR standard using the procedures in Section 12, and

compute the percent recovery; of the blank-subtracted PAR

standard.  The percent recovery shall be in the range of 78

to 116%.                    =

9.10.3  If the recovery  is within this range, the analytical

process is in control and analysis of blanks and samples may

proceed.  If, however, the recovery  is not within the

acceptable range, the analytical process is not in control.

In this event, correct the problem and repeat the ongoing
                            I
precision and recovery test .(Section 9.10), or recalibrate

 (Sections 10.5 through 10.6):.

9.10.4  If the recovery  is riot within the acceptable range

                            i
                            1043

-------
 for the PAR standard analyzed at  the  end.of  the  eight-hour



 shift,  correct the problem,  repeat  the  ongoing precision and



 recovery test (Section 9.10),  or  recalibrate (Sections  10.5



 through 10.6),  and reanalyze the  sample batch that was



 analyzed during the eight-hour shift.




 9.10.5   If  the recovery is within the"acceptable range  at



 the end of  the shift,  and samples are to be  analyzed during



 the next eight-hour shift, the end  of shift  verification may



 be  used as  the beginning of  shift verification for the



 subsequent  shift,  provided the next eight-hour shift begins



 as  the  first  shift ends.




 9.11  It is suggested  but not  required  that  the laboratory



 develop a statement  of data  quality for AOX  and develop>QC



 charts  to form a graphic demonstration of method



 performance.  Add  results that  pass the specification in



 Section 9.10.2  to  initial and  previous ongoing data.



 Develop a statement  of data quality by calculating the



 average percent recovery (R)  and  the standard deviation  of



percent  recovery (sr) .   Express the  accuracy  as a recovery



 interval  from R -  2sr to.R  +  2sr.  For example, if R = 95%



 and sr = 5%,  the accuracy is  85 to 105%.



 10.0  Calibration  and  Standardization




 10.1 Assemble the  OX system and establish the operating



 conditions necessary for analysis.  Differences between



various makes and  models of instruments will  require



different operating procedures.  Laboratories should follow





                            1044

-------
the operating instructions provided by the manufacturer of


their particular instrument.  Sensitivity, instrument


detection limit, precision, linear range, and interference
                             i

effects must be investigated £nd established for each


particular instrument.  Calibration is performed when the


instrument is first set up and when calibration cannot be



verified (Section 9.9).      |


10.2  Cell performance test: Inject 100 pJL of the sodium
                             t

chloride solution (10 /zg Cl";  Section 7.4)  directly into the


titration cell electrolyte.  Adjust the instrument to



produce a reading of 10 /ig Cl".


10.3  Combustion system test: This test can be used to


assure that the combustion/micro-coulometer systems are


performing properly without introduction of carbon.  This


test should be used during initial instrument setup and when


instrument performance indicates a problem with the



combustion system.           i


10.3.1  Designate a quartz boat for use with the ammonium


chloride (NH4C1)  solution only.


10.3.2  Inject 100 /iL of the JsrH4Cl solution (Section 7.5)


into this boat and proceed with the analysis.


10.3.3  The result shall be between 9.5 and 1.0.5 /ig Cl".  If

                             i

the recovery is not between these limits, the combustion or


micro-coulometer systems are hot performing properly.  Check


the temperature of the combustion system, verify that there


are no leaks in the combustion system, confirm that the cell




                            1045

-------
 is performing properly (Section 10.2), and then repeat the



 test.




 10.4  Trichlorophenol combustion test: This test can be used




 to assure that the combustion/micro-coulometer systems are



 performing properly when carbon is introduced.  It should be



 used during instrument -setup and when it is necessary to



.isolate the adsorption and combustion steps.



 10.4.1  Inject 10 \iL of  the 1 mg/mL trichlorophenol stock



 solution (Section 7.12.2)  onto one level scoop of GAG in a



 quartz boat.




 10.4.2 Immediately proceed with the analysis to prevent loss



 of trichlorophenol and to prevent contamination of the



 carbon.



 10.4.3  The result shall  be between 9.0 and 11.0 fj.g Cl".   If



 the recovery is not between these limits,  the



 combustion/micro-coulometer system shall be adjusted and the



 test repeated until the  result falls within these limits.



 10.5  Background level of Cl": Determine the  average



 background level of Cl" for the entire  analytical  system, as



 follows:



 10.5.1  Using the procedure in Section 11  (batch or column)



 that will be  used for the analysis of sampl.es,  determine the



 background level of Cl" in each of- three portions  of reagent



 water.   The volume of reagent water used shall be the  same



 as the volume used for analysis  of samples.



 10.5.2  Calculate the average (mean)  concentration of  Cl"






                             1046

-------
and the standard deviation of the concentration.



10.5.3  The sum of the average concentration plus two times



the standard deviation of the concentration shall be less



than 20 /Kj/L.  If not, the water or carbon shall be



replaced, or the adsorption system moved to an area free of



organic halide vapors, and the test (Section 10.5)  shall be



repeated.  Only after this test is passed may calibration
                                                   •
                             i
proceed.                     i
                             I

10.6  Calibration by external standard: A calibration line

                             [

encompassing the calibration!range is developed using
                             i

solutions of 2,4,6-trichlorophenol.



10.6.1  Analyze each of the five calibration solutions

                             i

(Section 7.12.3) using the procedure in Section 11 (batch or



column) that will be used for the analysis of samples, and



the same procedure that was used for determination of the
                             f

system background  (Section 10.5).   Analyze these solutions



beginning with the lowest concentration and proceeding to



the highest.  Record the response of the micro-coulometer to
                             I .


each calibration solution.   !



10.6.2  Prepare a method blank as described in Section 9.4.



Subtract the value of the blank from each of the five



calibration results, as described in Section 12.



10.6.3  Calibration factor  (ratio of response to



concentration) Using the blank subtracted results,  compute



the calibration factor at each calibration point, and



compute the average calibration factor and the relative




                            1047                                 ^^

-------
 standard deviation (coefficient  of variation; Cv)  of  the



 calibration factor over the  calibration range.




 10.6.4   Linearity:  The Cv of the calibration factor shall  be



 less  than 20%;  otherwise,  the calibration shall be repeated




 after adjustment  of the combustion/micro-coulometer system



 and/or  preparation of  fresh  calibration standards.




 10.6.5   Using the average calibration factor, compute the



 percent recovery  at each calibration point.  The recovery  at



 each  calibration  point shall  be  within the range of 80 to



 111%.   If  any point is not within this range, a fresh



 calibration standard shall be prepared for that point, this



 standard shall  be analyzed,  and  the calibration factor



 (Section 10.6.3)  and calibration linearity (Section 10.6.4)



 shall be computed using the new  calibration point.  All



 points  used in  the  calibration must meet the 80 to 111%



 recovery specification.



 11.0 Procedure




 11.1  Sample dilution:  Many samples will contain high



 concentrations  of halide.  If analyzed without dilution,  the



micro-coulometer  can be  overloaded,  resulting in frequent



 cell cleaning and downtime.  The following guidance is



provided to assist  in  estimating dilution levels.



 11.1.1   Paper and pulp mills that employ chlorine bleaching:



Samples  from pulp mills  that use a chlorine bleaching



process  may overload the micro-coulometer.   To prevent



system overload, the maximum volume suggested for paper •





                            1048

-------
industry samples that employ halide in the bleaching process

is 100 mL.  An adsorption volume as small as 25 mL may be

used, provided the concentration of AOX in the sample can be

measured reliably, as defined: by the requirements in Section

9.11.  To minimize volumetric error, an adsorption volume

less than 25 mL may not be used.  If AOX cannot be measured

reliably in a 100-mL sample volume, a sample volume to a

maximum of 1000 mL must be used.  The sample and adsorption
                             \
volumes are suggested for paper industry samples employing

chlorine compounds in the bleaching process:
Paper or pulp mill stream
Evaporator condensate j
Process water
Pulp mill effluent
Paper mill effluent ;
Combined mill effluent
Combined bleach effluent
Z-stage filtrate
E-stage filtrate
Sample
volume
(mL) *
100
100
30
10
5
1
0.5
0.5
Adsorp-
tion
volume
(mL)
100
100
50
25
25
25
25
25
* Assumes dilution to final volume of 100 mL.
All sample aliquots (replicates, diluted
samples) must be analyzeii using the same fixed
final volume (sample volume plus reagent water,
as needed) .
11.1.2  Sample dilution procedure.

11.1.2.1  Partially fill a precleaned volumetric flask with

pH < 2 reagent water, allowing for the volume of sample to

be added.

                            1049

-------
 11.1.2.2   Mix sample  thoroughly by tumbling or  shaking



 vigorously.




 11.1.2.3   Immediately withdraw the required sample aliquot



 using  a pipet or micro-syringe.




 Note:  Because it will be necessary to rinse the pipet or




 micro-syringe (Section 11.1.2.5) , it may be necessary to




 pre-calibrate the pipet or micro-syringe to assure that  the




 exact  volume  desired  will be delivered.




 11.1.2.4   Dispense or inject the aliquot into the volumetric



 flask.




 11.1.2.5   Rinse the pipet or syringe with small portions of



 reagent water and add to the' flask.




 11.1.2.6   Dilute to the mark with pH < 2 reagent water.



 11.1.3  All samples to be reported for regulatory compliance



monitoring purposes must be analyzed in duplicate, as



described  in  Section  11.5.




11.1.4  Pulp  and Paper in-process samples:  The concentration



of organic halide in  in-process samples has been shown to be



20 to 30% greater using the micro-column adsorption



technique than using the.batch adsorption technique.   For



this reason,  the micro-column technique shall  be used for



monitoring in-process samples.   Examples of in-process



samples include: combined bleach plant effluent, C-stage



filtrate,  and E-stage filtrate.



11.2  Batch adsorption and filtration.
                            1050

-------
11.2.1  Place the appropriate^ volume of sample (diluted if

necessary), preserved as described in Section 8,  into an

Erlenmeyer flask.

11.2.2  Add 5 mL of nitrate stock solution to the sample
                             I,
aliquot.

11.2.3  Add one level scoop of activated carbon that has

passed the quality control tests in Section 9.

11.2.4  Shake the suspension if or at least one hour in a

mechanical shaker.           ;

11.2.5  Filter the suspension through a polycarbonate

membrane filter.  Filter by suction until the liquid level

reaches the top of the carbon.
                             i
11.2.6  Wash the inside surface of the filter funnel with 25

mL  (±5 mL) of nitrate wash solution in several portions.

After the level of the final wash reaches the top of the

GAG, filter by suction until [the cake is barely dry.  The

time required for drying should be minimized to prevent

exposure of the GAG to halogen vapors in the air, but should

be  sufficient to permit drying of the cake so that excess
                             I
water is not introduced into [the combustion apparatus.  A

drying time of approximately 10 seconds under vacuum has

been shown to be effective for this operation.

11.2.7  Carefully remove the top of the filter holder,

making sure that no carbon is lost.  This operation is most

successfully performed by removing the clamp, tilting the

top of the filter holder  (the funnel portion) to one 'side,


                            1051

-------
 and  lifting upward.




 11.2.8  Using  a  squeeze  bottle  or micro-syringe,  rapidly



 rinse the  carbon from the  inside of  the  filter holder onto



 the  filter cake  using small portions of  wash solution.




 Allow the  cake to dry under vacuum for no more than 10



 seconds after  the final  rinse.  Immediately turn  the vacuum



 off.




 11.2.9  Using  tweezers,  carefully fold the polycarbonate



 filter in  half,  then  in  fourths, making  sure that no carbon



 is lost.



 11.3  Column adsorption.




 11.3.1  Column preparation: Prepare  a sufficient number of



 columns for one  day's  operation as follows:



 11.3.1.1   In a .glove box or area free from halide vapors,



place a plug of  Cerafelt into the end of a clean glass



column.




11.3..1.2  Fill the glass column with one level scoop



 (approximately 40 mg)  of granular activated carbon that has



passed the quality control tests in Section 9l



11.3.1.3  Insert a Cerafelt plug into the open end of the



column to hold the carbon in place.




11.3.1.4  Store the columns in a glass jar with PTFE lined



screw-cap to prevent infiltration of halide vapors from the



air.



11.3.2  Column setup.




11.3.2.1  Install two columns in series in the  adsorption






                            1052

-------
module.                     i

11.3.2.2  If the sample is known or expected to contain

particulates that could prevent free flow of sample through

the micro-columns, a Cerafelt plug is placed in the tubing

ahead of the columns.  If a measurement of the OX content of

the particulates. is desired,; the Cerafelt plug can be washed

with nitrate solution; placed in a combustion boat, and

processed as a separate sample.

11.3.3  Adjusting sample flow rate: Because the flow rate

used to load the sample onto; the columns can affect the

ability of'the GAG to adsorb; organic halides, the flow rate

of the method blank is measured, and the gas pressure used
                            i1
to process samples is adjusted accordingly.  The flow rate

of the blank, which is composed of acidified reagent water

and contains no particulate matter, should be greater than

the flow rate of any sample pontaining even small amounts of

particulate matter.

11.3.3.1  Fill the sample reservoir with the volume of

reagent water chosen for the1 analysis  (Section 9.4.1.2) that

has been preserved and acidified as described in Section 8.
                            j
Cap the reservoir.

11.3.3.2  Adjust the gas pressure per the manufacturer's

instructions.  Record the time required for the entire

volume of reagent water to pass through both columns.  The

flow rate must not exceed 3 mL/min over the duration of the
                            I"
time required to adsorb the volume.  If this flow rate is

                            ,1053

-------
exceeded, adjust gas pressure, prepare another blank, and



repeat the adsorption.



11.3.3.3  Once the flow rate for the blank has been



established, the same adsorption conditions must be applied



to all subsequent samples during that eight-hour shift, or



until another method blank is processed, whichever comes



first.  To aid in overcoming breakthrough problems, a lower



gas pressure  (and, therefore, flow rate) may be used for



processing of samples, if desired.  If the sample adsorption



unit is. disassembled or cleaned, the flow rate must be



checked before processing additional samples.



11.3.3.4  Elute the pair of columns with 2 mL of nitrate



wash solution.  The flow rate of nitrate wash solution must



not exceed 3 mL/min.



11.3.3.5  Separate the columns and mark for subsequent



analysis.



11.3.4  The adsorption of sample volumes is performed in a



similar fashion.  Fill the sample reservoir with the sample



volume chosen for the analysis  (Section 11.1), that has been



preserved as described in Section 8.  All analyses must be



performed with this volume (sample volume.plus reagent



water, as needed) in order to maintain a flow rate no



greater than that determined for the blank (see Section



11.3-.3) .                                       .



11.3.4.1  Use the same gas pressure for sample adsorption as



is used for the blank.






                            1054

-------
11.3.4.2  Elute the columns with 2 mL of the nitrate wash



solution.



11.3.4.3  Separate the columns and mark for subsequent



analysis.                    >



11.3.5  If it is desirable to; make measurements at levels



lower than can be achieved with the sample volume chosen, or



if the instrument response of1 an undiluted sample is less



than three times the instrument response of the blank



(Section 12.6.3), a larger sample volume must be used.



11.4  Combustion and titration.



11.4.1  Polycarbonate filter and GAG from batch adsorption.



11.4.1.1  Place the folded polycarbonate filter containing



the GAG in a quartz combustion boat, close the airlock, and



proceed with the automated sequence.



11.4.1.2  Record the signal from the micro-coulometer for a



minimum integration time of 10 minutes and determine the



concentration of Cl"  from calibration  data, per Section 12.



11.4.2  Columns from column adsorption.



11.4.2.1  Using the push rod, ! push the carbon and the



Cerafelt plug(s)  from the first column into a combustion



boat.   Proceed with the automated sequence.



11.4.2.2  Record the signal from the micro-coulometer for a



minimum integration time of 10 minutes and determine the



concentration of Cl"  for  the first  column  from calibration



data,  per Section 12.        ;                   ,



11.4.2.3  Repeat the automated sequence with the second





                            1055

-------
column.




11.4.2.4  Determine the extent of breakthrough of organic



halides from the first column to the second column, as



described in Section 12.




11.4.3  The two columns that are used for the method blank



must be combusted separately, as is done for samples.



11.5  Duplicate sample analysis: All samples to be reported



for regulatory compriance purposes must be analyzed in



duplicate.  This requirement applies-to both the batch and



column adsorption procedures.  In addition, if it is



necessary to dilute the sample for the purposes of reducing



breakthrough or maintaining the concentration within the



calibration range,  a more or less dilute sample must be



analyzed.   The adsorption volumes used for analysis of



undiluted samples,  diluted samples,  and all replicates must



be the same as the volume used for QC tests and calibration



(Sections 9 and 10).



11.5.1  Using results from analysis of one sample volume



(Section 11.4)  and the procedure in Section 11.1.2-,



determine if the dilution used was within the calibration



range of the instrument and/or if breakthrough exceeded the



specification in Section 12.3.1.  If the breakthrough



criterion was exceeded or the sample was not within the



calibration range,  adjust the dilution volume as needed.  If



the breakthrough criterion was not exceeded.and the sample



dilution was within the calibration range,  a second volume






                            1056

-------
at the same  dilution level may be used.                          ^^-


                                                                  w
11,5.2  Adsorb the sample using the same technique  (batch or     "^^



column) used for the first sample volume.   Combust  the GAG



from the  second volume as described in Section 11.4, and



calculate the results as described in Section 12.   Compare



the results  of the two analyses as described in  Section



12.4.



11.5.3  Duplicate analyses are not required for  method



blanks, as different dilution levels are not possible.



11.5.4  Duplicate analyses of the PAR standard used for
                              i


calibration  verification (Section 9.10) are not  required.



12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations


                                                      .

12.1  Batch  Adsorption Method: Calculate the blank-



subtracted concentration of adsorbable organic halide



detected  in  each sample (in micrograms of chloride  per



liter) using the following equation:





                      AOX (^/£) -  (C " jS)



  •where:                        I


  C = \ig Cl~ from micro-coulometer for the sample


  B = pg Cl' from micro-coulometer for the reagent water blank (Section 9.4.1)

  V = volume of sample in liters     ;



This calculation is performed for each of the two dilution



levels analyzed for each sample.



12.2  Column Adsorption Method: Calculate'the blank-



subtracted concentration of adsorbable organic halide



detected  in  each sample (in micrograms of chloride  per



liter) using the following equation:
                             1057

-------
    •where:
    C1 = p-g Cl' from micro-coulometer for first column from the sample
    C2 = ]ig C!' from micro-coulometer for second column from the sample
    Bi = V-g from micro-coulometer for first column from the reagent -water blank (Section 9.4.1)
    &2 = t1^ ^ from micro-coulometer for second column from the reagent water blank (Section 9.4.1)
    V = volume of sample in liters
 12.3  Percent  breakthrough:  For each  sample analyzed by the
 column method,  calculate  the percent  breakthrough  of halide
 from the first column to  the second column, using  the
 following equation:
                 % Breakthrough =
                                   (C2 -
                                [(C, ~
12.3.1  For samples' to be  reported for regulatory compliance
purposes, the percent breakthrough must be  less than  or
equal  to 25% for both of the  two analyses performed on each
sample (see Section 11.5).
12.3.2  If the breakthrough exceeds 25%, dilute the affected
sample further,  maintaining the amount of halide at least
three  times higher than the level of blank,  and reanalyze
the sample.  Ensure that the  sample is also analyzed  at a
second level of  dilution that is at least a factor of 2
different (and still higher than three times the blank).
12 .-4   Relative percent difference (RPD) : Calculate the
relative percent  difference between the results of the two
analyses of each  sample,  using the following equation:
                              1058

-------
                         2001 (A OX. - AOX.)\
                   RPD  = 	<	—
                           [(AOX1 + AOXJ]
12.5  High concentrations of AOX: If the amount of halide
from either analysis exceeds the calibration range, dilute
the sample and reanalyze, maintaining at•least a factor of 2
difference in the dilution levels of the two portions of the

sample used.                 |.
12.6  Low concentrations of AOX: The blank-subtracted final
result from the batch procedure or the sum of the blank-
subtracted results from the two carbon columns should be
significantly above the level of the blank.
12.6.1  If the instrument response for a sample exceeds the
instrument response for the blank by a factor of at least 3,     |H|
the result is acceptable.    |                         '
12.6.2  If the instrument response for a sample is less than
                             I
three times the instrument response for the blank, and the
sample has been diluted, analyze a less dilute aliquot of

sample.                      ;
12.6.3  If the instrument response of an undiluted sample
containing AOX above the minimum level is less than three
times the instrument response; for the blank, the result is
suspect and may not be used for regulatory compliance
purposes.  In this case, find the cause of contamination,
correct the problem, and reanalyze the sample under the
                             !                                    '!
corrected conditions.        -

                            1059

-------
12.7  Report results that meet all of the specifications  in



this method as the mean of the blank-subtracted values from



Section 12.1 or 12.2 for the two analyses at different



dilution levels, in /ug/L of Cl" (not as  2,4,6-




t-richlorophenol) , to three significant figures.  Report the



RPD of the two analyses.  For samples analyzed by the column



procedure, also report the percent breakthrough.



13.0  Method Performance




The specifications contained in this method are based on



data from a single laboratory and from a large-scale study



of the pulp and paper industry.



14.0 Pollution Prevention




14.1  The solvents used in this .method pose little threat to



the environment when recycled and managed properly.



14.2  Standards should be prepared in volumes consistent



with laboratory use to minimize the volume of expired



standards to be disposed.



15.0 Waste Management




15.1  It is the laboratory's responsibility to .comply with



all federal, state,  and local regulations governing waste



management, particularly the hazardous waste identification



rules and land disposal restrictions, and to protect the



air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all



releases from fume hoods and bench operations.   Compliance



with all sewage discharge permits and regulations is also
                            1060

-------
required.


15.2  Samples preserved with
HC1 or H2SO4 to pH < 2 are
hazardous and must be neutralized before being disposed, or


must be handled as hazardous waste.  Acetic acid and silver

                             I:
acetate solutions resulting from cell flushing must be


disposed of in accordance with all applicable federal,


state, and local regulations.
                             l

15.3  For further information on waste management, consult


"The Waste Management Manual ;for Laboratory Personnel," and


"Less is Better: Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste


Reduction," both available from the.American Chemical


Society's Department of Government Relations and Science


Policy, 1155 16th Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036.
                            1061

-------
 16.0  References




 16.1   "Total  Organic  Halide,  Methods  450.1--Interim,"



 Prepared by Stephen Billets  and James J.  Lichtenberg,  USEPA,



 Office  of Research and Development, Physical  and Chemical



 Methods Branch,  EMSL-Cincinnati,  Cincinnati,  OH  45268,  EPA



 60,0/4-81-056  (1981) .




 16.2  Method  9020,  USEPA Office of  Solid  Waste,  "Test



 Methods for Evaluating Solid  Waste, SW-846,"  Third Edition,



 1987.




 16.3   "Determination  of Adsorbable  Organic Halogens  (AOX),"



 "German Standard Methods for  the  Analysis of  Water, Waste



 Water and Sludge--General Parameters  of Effects  and




 Substances,"  Deutsche  Industrie Norm  (DIN) Method 38 409,



 Part  14,  DIN  German Standards Institute, Beuth Verlag,



 Berlin,  Germany (1987) .




 16.4  "Water  Quality:   Determination  of Adsorbable Organic



 Halogens  (AOX)," International  Organization for



 Standard/Draft  International Standardization  (ISO/DIS)



 Method  9562 (1988).




 16.5  "Organically  Bound Chlorine by  the AOX Method," SCAN-W



 9:89, Secretariat,   Scandinavian Pulp,  Paper and Board



 Testing  Committee,   Box  5604, S-11486,  Stockholm,   Sweden



 (1989) .




 16.6  Method  5320,   "Dissolved Organic Halogen,;1 from



 "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and



Wastewater,"  5320,  American Public Health Association, 1015





                            1062

-------
15th St. NW, Washington, DC 2;0005  (1989) .



16.7  "Canadian Standard Methbd for the Determination of
                             f


Adsorbable Organic Halides  (AOX) in Waters and Wastewaters,"



Environment Canada and The Canadian Pulp and Paper



Association  (1990).          ;



16.8  40 CFR Part 136, Appendix B.



16.9  "Working with Carcinogens," DHEW, PHS, CDC, NIOSH,



Publication 77-206,  (Aug 1977;) .



16.10  "OSHA Safety and Health Standards, General Industry"



OSHA 2206, 29 CFR 1910  (Jan 1976).



16.11  "Safety in Academic Chemistry Laboratories," ACS



Committee on Chemical Safety s(1979) .



16.12  "Methods 330.4 and 330!. 5 for Total Residual
                             i


Chlorine," USEPA, EMSL-Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 45268,         4ftk



EPA-4-79-020 (March 1979).   ;



16.13  "Validation of Method 1650: Determination of Organic



Halide," Analytical Technologies Inc., ERCE Contract 87-



3410,'November 15, 1990.  Available from the EPA Sample



Control Center, DynCorp, 300 N. Lee St., Alexandria, VA



22314  (703-519-1140).        !



17.0 Figures
                            1;0 6 3

-------
            a. Mitsubishi
                       b.  Dohrmann
                                          c. Euroglas
Silver
Sensor
Electrode
  Silver/Silver
   Chloride
   Reference
   Electrode
                         Gases
                         In
Platinum
Electrode
Silver
Generator
Electrode
                   Gases
                   Out
Silver/Silver
Acetate
Reference
Electrode
                                      Gases
                                                     r*Gases      Silver
      Silver
      Sensor
      Electrode
                                              Generator JI
                                              Electrode
Silver
Generator
Electrode

Platinum
Electrode
                                  Platinum
                                  Electrode
                                                NoStirrer
                                Silver
                                Sensor
                                Electrode
Silvei/Silver
Chloride
Reference
Electrode
                   Figure 1.  Microcoulometric Titration Cells (from Reference 7)


                                                     1064

-------
Funnel
Glarnp
Slain fess-
SteeI Support


PTFE Gasket
Base
No. 5
Stopper.
          Figure 2. Filter Apparatus
                   1065

-------
     Sample
     Reservoir
     (1of4)
   GAG Column 1
   <3AC Column 2
               I
                                                  Nit rate Wash
                                                  Reservoir
Figures. Schematic of the Column Adsorption System

                       1066

-------
            1235
 1.  Stripping Device
 2.  Sample inlet forAOX
 3.  AOXSampte
 4.  Furnace
 5.  Combustion Tube
 6.  Absorberfilledwilh HSSO4
 7.  Trtrsftioncell
 8.  Working electrodes
 9.  Measuring electrodes
10.  Su'ner
11.  Titraition mfcro-processor
12.  Gas flow and temperature control device
                                                                8   • §
                                                                 10
            Figure 4. Schematic of an AOX Apparatus

                               1067

-------
18.0  Glossary of Definitions and Purposes




     These definitions and purposes are specific to this



     method but have been conformed to common usage as much



     as possible.




18.1  Units of weight and measure and their abbreviations.



18.1.1  Symbols.




           °C    degrees Celsius



           /ug    microgram



           AtL    microliter



           <     less than




           >     greater than



           %     percent " .



 18.1.2   Alphabetical characters.



           cm    centimeter



           g     gram  •



           h     hour




           ID    inside diameter



           in    inch



           L     liter



           m     meter                .



           mg    milligram



           min   minute




           mL    milliliter        .  •



           mm    millimeter




           N     normal;  gram molecular weight  of  solute



                 divided by hydrogen  equivalent of solute,




                           1068

-------
                 per liter of solution

           OD    outside diameter

           ppb   part-per-billion

           ppm   part-per-mi11ion
                            |i                                     !
           ppt   part-per-trillion

           psig  pounds-per-square inch gauge

           v/v   volume per unit volume
                            P
           w/v   weight per unit volume
                            *
18.2  Definitions and acronyms (in alphabetical order,) .   •

                 Analyte:  AbX tested for by this method.

                 Calibration  standard  (CAL):   A  solution

           prepared from a secondary standard  and/or stock

           solution which isiused to calibrate the response

           of the instrument: with respect to analyte             «B»

           concentration.
                            I
                 Calibration  verification standard  (VER):

           The mid-point calibration standard  (CSS) that is

           used  to verify calibration.

                 Field blank:  An aliquot of reagent water

           or other reference matrix that is placed in  a

           sample container in the laboratory  or the field,

           and treated as a sample in all respects,

           including exposure to  sampling site conditions,

           storage, preservation,  and all analytical

           procedures.  The purpose of the  field blank  is

           to determine if the field or sample transporting

                            1069

-------
 procedures and environments have contaminated



 the sample.




        IPR:   Initial  precision and  recovery;  four



 aliquots of  the diluted PAR standard analyzed to



 establish the ability to generate acceptable



. precision and accuracy. An IPR is performed



 prior to the first time this method is used and



 any time the method or instrumentation is



 modified.




       Laboratory blank:  See Method blank.



       Laboratory control sample  (LCS):  See



 Ongoing precision and recovery sample (OPR).



       Laboratory reagent blank:  See Method



 blank..




       May:  This action, activity,  or procedural



 step is neither required nor prohibited.



       May not:   This action, activity,  or



 procedural step is  prohibited.




       Method blank:  An aliquot of  reagent water



 that is treated exactly as  a sample including



 exposure to all  glassware,  equipment, solvents,



 reagents,  internal  standards,  and surrogates



 that are used with  samples.  The method blank  is



 used to determine if  analytes  or  interferences



 are  present in  the  laboratory  environment, the



 reagents,  or  the apparatus.






                 1070

-------
      Minimum level  (ML):  The level at which
                  j


the entire analytical system must give a



recognizable signal and acceptable calibration



point for the anaiyte.  It is equivalent to the



concentration of the lowest calibration
                  l


standard, assuming that all method-specified



sample weights, volumes, and cleanup procedures

                  j

have been employed.



      Must:  Thisjaction, activity, or



procedural step is required.



      OPR:  Ongoing  precision and recovery



standard; a laboratory blank spiked with a known



quantity of analyte. The OPR is analyzed exactly



like a sample. Its-purpose is to assure that the



results produced by  the laboratory remain within



the limits specified in this method for



precision and recovery.



      PAR:  Precision  and recovery standard;



secondary standard that is diluted and spiked to



form the IPR and OPR.



      Preparation;blank:  See Method  blank.



      Primary dilution standard:  A solution



containing the specified analytes that is



purchased or prepared  from stock solutions and



diluted  as needed:to prepare calibration



solutions and  other  solutions.





                 1071                                 ^^

-------
       Quality control check sample (QCS):   A



 sample containing all or a subset of  the




 analytes at known concentrations.  The QCS  is



 obtained from a source external  to the



 laboratory or is prepared from a source of



 standards different  from the  source of



 calibration standards.   It is used to check



 laboratory performance with test materials



 prepared external to. the normal  preparation



 process.




       Reagent water:   Water demonstrated to be



 free  from the analyte of interest  and




 potentially interfering substances  at the  method



 detection limit  for the analyte.



       Relative standard deviation (RSD):   The



 standard  deviation multiplied by 100,  divided by



 the mean.




       RSD:   See  Relative standard  deviation.



       Should:  .This action, activity,  or



procedural  step  is suggested but not  required.



       Stock solution:   A solution  containing an



analyte that, is prepared using a reference



material traceable to EPA, the National



Institute of Science and Technology (MIST), or a



source that will attest to the purity and



authenticity of the reference material.





                 1072

-------
      VER:  See Calibration verification



standard.         ;
                 1073

-------
                         Method 1653


             Chlorinated Phenolics in Wastewater

               by In Situ Acetylation and GCMS
                                                   r
 1.0   Scope  and Application


 1.1   This method  is  for determination of  chlorinated

 phenolics  (chlorinated phenols, guaiacols, catechols,


 vanillins,  syringaldehydes) and other compounds associated

 with  the Clean Water Act; the Resource Conservation  and


 Recovery Act;  and the Comprehensive Environmental Response,


 Compensation,  and Liability Act; and that are amenable to  in


 situ  acetylation, extraction, and analysis by capillary


 column gas  chromatography/mass spectrometry  (GCMS).  This

 method is based on existing methods for determination of

 chlorophenolics in pulp and paper industry wastewaters

 (References 1  and 2) .


 1.2   The chemical compounds listed in Table 1 may be

 determined  in  waters and,  specifically,  in in-process

 streams and wastewaters associated with the pulp and paper

 industry.   The method is designed to meet the survey and

monitoring requirements of the Environmental Protection

Agency (EPA).


 1.3  The detection limit of this method is usually dependent

on the level of interferences rather than instrumental

limitations. The method detection limits  (MDLs)  in Table 2
                            1074

-------
typify the minimum quantity that can be detected with no

interferences present        '    .

1.4  The GCMS portions of this method are for use only by

persons experienced with GCMS! or under the close supervision

of such qualified persons.  Laboratories unfamiliar with

analyses of environmental samples by GCMS should run the

performance tests in Reference 3 before beginning.

1.5  Any modification of the method beyond those expressly

permitted is subject to the application and approval of

alternative test procedures under 40 CFR Parts 136.4 and

136.5.                       ;

2.0  Summary of Method

2.1  A 1000-mL aliquot of water  is spiked with stable

isotopically labeled analogs 'of  the compounds of interest

and an internal standard.  The solution is adjusted to

neutral pH, potassium carbonate  buffer is added, and the pH

is raised to 9 - 11.5.  The chlorophenolics are converted in

situ to acetates by the addition of acetic anhydride.  After
                             j;
acetylation, the solution is extracted with hexane.  The

hexane is concentrated to a final volume of 0.5 mL, an

instrument internal standard ;is  added, and an aliquot of the
                             I1
concentrated extract is injected into the gas chromatograph

 (GC) .  The compounds are separated by GC and detected by a

mass spectrometer  (MS).  The ;labeled compounds and internal
                             f
standard serve to correct the variability of the analytical
                             1075

-------
technique.




2.2  Identification of a pollutant  (qualitative analysis) is



performed by comparing the relative retention time and mass



spectrum to that of an authentic standard.  A compound is



identified when its relative retention time and mass



spectrum agree.




2.3  Quantitative analysis is performed in one of two ways



by GCMS using extracted ion-current profile (EICP) areas:



(1) For those compounds listed in Table 1 for which



standards and labeled analogs are available, the GCMS system



is calibrated and the compound concentration is determined



using an isotope dilution technique;  (2)  for those compounds



listed in Table 1 for which authentic standards but no. .



labeled compounds are available, the GCMS system is



calibrated and the compound concentration is determined



using an internal standard technique.



2.4  Quality is assured through reproducible calibration and



testing of the extraction and GCMS systems.



3.0  Definitions




3.1  Chlorinated phenolics are the chlorinated phenols,



guaiacols, catechols, vanillins, syringaldehydes and other



compounds amenable to in situ acetylation, extraction, and




determination by GCMS using this method.



3.2  Definitions for other terms used in this method are



given in the glossary at the end of the method (Section



20.0) .




                            1076

-------
 4.0   Interferences


 4.1   Solvents,  reagents,  glassware, and other  sample


•processing hardware may yield  artifacts and/or elevated


 baselines,  causing misinterpretation of chromatograms  and


 spectra.   All materials used an the analysis shall be


 demonstrated to be free from interferences under the


 conditions of analysis  by running method blanks initially


 and with  each sample batch  (samples started through the


 extraction process on a given1  eight-hour shift, to a maximum


 of 20).   Specific  selection of reagents and purification of


 solvents  by distillation  in all-glass systems  may be


 required.   Glassware and, where possible, reagents are


 cleaned by using solvent  rinse and baking at 450°C for a


 minimum of one  hour.         ;
                             t

 4.2   Interferences co-extracted from samples will vary


 considerably from  source  to source, depending  on the

                             !'
 diversity of the site being sampled.  Industry experience


 suggests  that high levels of non-chlorinated phenols may


 cause poor recovery of  the compounds of interest,


 particularly in samples collected in the vicinity of a


 source of creosote,  such  as a  wood-preserving  plant


 (Reference 1).               |


 4.3   The  internal  standard, 3|, 4,5-trichlorophenol, has been


 reported  to be  an  anaerobic degradation product of
                             i

 2,3,4,5-tetrachlorophenol and/or pentachlorophenol


 (Reference 1).   When an interference with this or another


                             1077

-------
compound occurs, labeled pentachlorophenol or another




labeled compound may be used as an alternative internal



standard; otherwise, the internal standards and reference



compounds must be used as specified in this method.



4.4  Blank contamination by pentachlorophenol has been



reported (Reference 1)  to be traceable to potassium



carbonate; it has also been reported that this contamination



may be removed by baking overnight at 400 to 500°C.



4.5  Catechols are susceptible to degradation by active



sites on injection port liners and columns, and are subject




to oxidation to the corresponding chloro-o-benzoquinones




(Reference 2).   A small amount of ascorbic acid may be added



to samples to prevent auto-oxidation (Reference 2; also see



Section 11.1.6).  For pulp and paper industry samples,



ascorbic acid may be added to treated effluent samples only.



5.0  Safety




5.1  The toxicity or carcinogenicity of each compound or



reagent used in this method has not been precisely



determined; however, each chemical compound should be



treated as a potential  health hazard.   Exposure to these



compounds should be reduced to the lowest possible level.



The laboratory is responsible for maintaining a current



awareness file of OSHA regulations regarding the safe



handling of the chemicals specified in this method.  A



reference file of materials safety data sheets (MSDSs)



should be made available to all personnel involved in these




                            1078

-------
analyses.  Additional information on laboratory safety can

be found in References 4 through 6.

5.2  Samples may contain high concentrations of toxic

compounds, and should be handled with gloves and a hood

opened to prevent exposure.

6.0  Equipment and Supplies

Note:  Brand names, suppliers, and part numbers are for

illustrative purposes only.  \No endorsement is implied.
                             f
Equivalent performance may be achieved using apparatus and

materials other than those specified here, but demonstration
                             |:

of equivalent performance that meets the requirements of

this method is the responsibility of the laboratory.

6.1  Sampling equipment for discrete or composite sampling.

6.1.1  Sample bottles and caps.

6.1.1.1  Sample bottle: Amber glass, 1000-mL minimum, with

screw-cap.  If amber bottles are not available, samples

shall be protected from light.

6.1.1.2  Bottle caps: Threaded to fit sample bottles..  Caps

shall be lined with PTFE.    ••      •

6.1.1.3  Cleaning bottles: Detergent water wash,  cap with

aluminum foil, and bake at 450°C for a minimum of one hour

before use.                  \

6.1.1.4  Cleaning liners: Detergent water wash, reagent
                             i
water  (Section 7.4) and solvent rinse, and bake at

approximately 200°C for a minimum of 1 hour prior to use.

                             1079

-------
 6.1.1.5  Bottles and liners must be lot-certified to be free



 of chlorophenolics by running blanks according to this



 method.  If blanks from bottles and/or liners without



 cleaning or with fewer cleaning steps show no detectable



 chlorophenolics,  the bottle and liner cleaning steps that  do



 not eliminate chlorophenolics may be omitted.



 6.1.2   Compositing equipment:  Automatic or manual



 compositing system incorporating glass containers cleaned



 per bottle  cleaning procedure above.   Sample  containers are



 kept at 0 to 4°C  during  sampling.  Glass or PTFE  tubing only



 shall be used.   If the sampler uses  a peristaltic pump,  a



 minimum length of compressible silicone rubber tubing may  be



 used in the pump  only.   Before use,  the tubing shall  be



 thoroughly  rinsed with methanol,  followed  by  repeated



 rinsing with reagent water  (Section  7.4) to minimize  sample



 contamination.  An integrating flow meter  is used to  collect



 proportional  composite samples.



 6.2  Extraction apparatus.




 6.2.1   Bottle or  beaker: 1500-  to 2000-mL  capacity.



 6.2.2   Separatory funnel: 500-  to 2000-mL,  glass, with  PTFE



 stopcock.




 6.2.3  Magnetic stirrer: Corning Model  320, or equivalent,



with stirring bar.




 6.3  Polyethylene gloves: For handling  samples and



extraction equipment  (Fisher 11-394-110-B,.or equivalent).



 6.4  Graduated cylinders: 1000-mL, lOO.-mL,  and 10-mL






                             1080

-------
nominal.                     [
                             i
                             i
6.5  Centrifuge: Capable of accepting 50-mL centrifuge tubes
                             i
and achieving 3000 RPM.      ;

6.5.1  Centrifuge tubes.

6.5.1.1  35-mL nominal, with ;PTFE-lined screw-cap.

6.5.1.2  15-mL nominal, conical graduated, with ground-glass

stopper.                     •                        !

6.6  Concentration apparatus.

6.6.1  Kuderna-Danish  (K-D) concentrator tube: 10-mL,

graduated  (Kontes K-570050-1025, or equivalent) with

calibration verified.  Grounql-glass stopper (size 19/22

joint) is used to prevent evaporation of extracts.

6.6.2  Kuderna-Danish  (K-D) evaporation flask: 1000-mL

(Kontes K-570001-1000, or equivalent), attached to

concentrator tube with springs  (Kontes K-662750-0012).

6.6.3  Snyder column: Three-ball macro  (Kontes

K-503000-0232, or equivalent)| .

6.6.4  Snyder column: Two-ball micro  (Kontes K-469002-0219,

or equivalent).

6.6.5  Boiling chips: Approximately 10/40 mesh, extracted

with methylene chloride and baked at 450°C for a minimum of

one hour.                    ,

6.6.6  Nitrogen evaporation apparatus: Equipped with a water

bath controlled at 35 to 40°C  (N-Evap, Organomation

Associates, Inc., South Berlin, MA, or equivalent),

installed  in a fume  hood.  This device may be  used in place


                             1081

-------
 of the micro-Snyder column concentrator in Section 6.6.4
 above.                    •
 6.7  Water bath: Heated, with concentric ring cover, capable
 of temperature control  (± 2°C),  installed in a fume hood.
 6.8  Sample vials: Amber glass,  1- to 3-mL, with PTFE-lined
 screw-cap.
 6.9  Balances.
 6.9.1  Analytical: Capable of weighing 0.1 mg.
 6.9.2  Top loading: Capable of weighing 10 mg.
 6.10  pH meter.
 6.11  Gas chromatograph: Shall have.splitless or on-column
 injection port for capillary column,  temperature program
-with 50°C hold,  and shall  meet all of. the  performance
 specifications in Section 9.
.6.12  Gas chromatographic  column:  30  m (±5 m)  x  0.25 mm
 (±0.02 mm)  I.D.  x 0.25 micron, 5%  phenyl,  94% methyl, 1%
vinyl silicone bonded-phase  fused-silica capillary column (J
 &  W DB-5,  or equivalent) ..
 6.13   Mass spectrometer: 70  eV electron impact ionization,
shall repetitively scan from 42  to' 450 amu in 0.95 to 1.00
second,  and shall produce  a  unit resolution (valleys  between
m/z 441  -  442  less than 10%  of the height  of  the 441  peak),
background-corrected mass  spectrum from 50  ng
decafluprotriphenylphosphine  (DFTPP)  introduced  through the
GC inlet.   The spectrum shall meet the mass-intensity
criteria  in  Table 3  (Reference - 7) .  The mass  spectrometer

                             1082

-------
shall be interfaced to the GC such that the end of the

capillary column terminates within 1 cm of the ion source,

but does not intercept the electron or ion beams.  All

portions of the column which connect the GC to the ion
                             !
source shall remain at or above the column temperature

during analysis to preclude condensation of less volatile


compounds.                   '

6.14  Data system: Shall collect and record MS data, store

mass-intensity data in spectral libraries, process GCMS

data, generate reports, and compute and record response


factors.

6.14.1  Data acquisition: Mass spectra shall be collected.

continuously throughout the analysis and stored on a mass

storage device.

6.14.2  Mass spectral libraries: User-created libraries.

containing mass spectra obtained from analysis of authentic

standards shall be employed to reverse search GCMS runs for

the compounds of interest  (Section 10.2).

6.14.3  Data processing: The data system shall be used to

search, locate, identify, and quantify the compounds of

interest in each GCMS analysis.  Software routines shall be

employed to compute retention times, and to compute peak

areas at the m/z's specified; (Table 4).  Displays of

spectra, mass chromatograms, and library comparisons are

required to verify results.  ;

6.14.4  Response  factors and; multi-point calibrations: The



                             i!083

-------
 data system shall be used to record and maintain lists of



 response factors (response ratios for isotope dilution) and



 multi-point calibration curves (Section 10).   Computations



 of relative standard deviation (coefficient  of variation)



 are used for testing calibration linearity.   Statistics on



 initial  (Section 9.3.2)  and ongoing (Section 9.6)



 performance shall be computed and maintained.



 7.0  Reagents and Standards




 7.1  Reagents for adjusting sample pH.




 7.1.1 Sodium hydroxide:  Reagent  grade,  6  N  in reagent



 water.




 7.1.2 Sulfuric  acid: Reagent  grade,  6 N in  reagent  water.



 7.2   Reagents for sample  preservation.




 7.2.1 Sodium thiosulfate (Na2S2O3) solution  (1 N) : Weigh 79



 g Na2S2O3 in a  1-L volumetric flask and dilute to the mark



 with  reagent  water.




 7.2.2  Ascorbic  acid solution: Prepare a solution of



 ascorbic acid in reagent  water at a concentration of 0.1



g/mL.  This solution must be prepared fresh on each day when



derivatizations  will be performed.  Therefore, do not



prepare more  than will be used that day.   (A 50-mL volume is



sufficient for ten analyses).




7.3   Solvents: Hexane, acetone, and methanol.  Distilled in



glass (Burdick and Jackson, or equivalent).



7.4  Reagent water: Water in which the compounds of interest



and interfering  compounds are not detected by this method.





                             1084

-------
7.5  Reagents for derivatization.


7.5.1  Potassium carbonate (KjCOs) .


7.5.1.1  Purification: Spread1 in a shallow baking .dish,  heat


overnight at 400 to 500°C.


7.5.1.2  Solution: Dissolve 150 g purified K2CO3 in 250 mL


reagent water.


7.5.2  Acetic anhydride: Redistilled reagent grade.


7.6  Analytical standards.


7.6.1  Derivatization: Because the chlorinated phenolics are


determined as their acetate derivatives after in situ
                             \


acetylation, the method requires that the calibration


standards be prepared by spiking the underivatized materials


into reagent water and carrying the spiked reagent water


aliquot through the entire derivatization and extraction
                             i

procedure that is applied to the field samples.


7.6.2  Standard solutions: Purchased as solutions or


mixtures with certification to their purity, concentration,


and authenticity, or prepared from materials of known purity


and composition.  If chemical purity of a compound is 98% or


greater, the weight may be used without correction to


compute the concentration of 'the standard.  When not being


used, standards are stored in the dark at -20 to -10°C in


screw-capped vials with PTFE-lined lids.  A mark is placed


on the vial at the level  of the  solution so that solvent


evaporation loss  can be detected.  The vials are brought to


room temperature  prior to use.



                             1085

-------
 7.6.3   If  the  chemical  purity of  any standard does not meet



 the  98% requirement  above,  the laboratory must correct all



 calculations,  calibrations,  etc.,  for the difference  in



 purity.




 7.7  Preparation  of  stock  solutions:  Prepare  chlorovanillins



 and  chlorosyringaldehydes  in acetone,  as  these compounds are



 subject  to degradation  in .methanol.   Prepare  the remaining



 chlorophenolics in methanol.   Prepare all standards per the



 steps below.   Observe the  safety precautions  in Section 5.



 7.7.1   Dissolve an appropriate  amount of  assayed reference



 material in a  suitable  solvent.  For  example,  weigh 50 mg



 (±0.1 mg) of pentachlorophenol  in a 10-mL ground-glass-



 stoppered volumetric flask and  fill to the mark with



 methanol.  After  the pentachlorophenol is completely



 dissolved, transfer the solution to a 15-mL vial with



 PTFE-lined cap.




 7.7.2   Stock solutions should be checked for  signs of



 degradation prior to the preparation  of calibration or



performance test  standards and  shall  be replaced after six



months, or sooner if comparison with  quality  control check



 standards indicates a change in concentration.



 7.8  Labeled compound spiking solution: From  stock solutions



prepared as above, or from mixtures, prepare  one spiking



 solution to contain the labeled chlorovanillin  in acetone



and a second spiking solution to contain the  remaining



chlorophenolics, including the 3,4,5-trichlorophenol sample






                             1086

-------
matrix internal standard  (SMIS), in methanol.  The labeled


compounds and SMIS are each at a concentration of 12.5
7.9  Secondary standards for^calibration: Using stock


solutions  (Section 7.7), prepare one secondary standard


containing the chlorovanilliris and chlorsyringaldehydes


listed in Table 1 in acetone and a second secondary standard

                                •
containing the remaining chlqrophenolics in methanol.  The


monochlorinated phenol, guaiacol,  and catechol are included


at a concentration of 25 /Kj/niL; the trichlorinated


catechols, tetrachlorinated g'uaiacol and catechol,


pentachlorophenol, 5,6-dichldrovanillin, and


2,6-dichlorosyringaldehyde are included at a concentration


of 100 /ig/mL; and the remaining compounds are included at a


concentration of 50 pig/mL, each in their respective

                             I;
solutions.


7.10  Instrument internal standard  (IIS): Prepare a solution


of 2 , 2 '-dif luorobiphenyl  (DFB) at a concentration of. 2 .5


mg/mL in hexane.


7.11  DFTPP solution: Prepare a solution of DFTPP at 50


/zg/mL in acetone.            ;


7.12  Solutions for obtaining authentic mass spectra


(Section 10.2) : Prepare mixtures of compounds at


concentrations which will assure authentic spectra are


obtained for storage in libraries.


7.13  Preparation of calibration solutions.



                             1087

-------
 7.13.1   Into  five  1000-mL aliquots of reagent water,  spike



 50,  100,  200,  500  and  1000 /zL of each of the two  solutions



 in Section  7.9.  Spike 1.00 mL of each of the two labeled



 compound spiking solutions  (Section 7.8) into each of the



 five aliquots. -                      •         '




 7.13.2   Using the  procedure 'in Section 11, derivatize and



 extract  each  solution,  and concentrate the extract to a



 final volume  of 0.50 mL.  This will produce calibration



 solutions of  nominal 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 ptg/mL of  the




 native chlorophenolics  and a constant concentration of 25



 yUg/mL of each labeled  compound and the SMIS (assuming 100%



 derivatization and recovery).  As noted in Section 11.1.6,



 ascorbic acid is added  to all samples of final effluents to



 stabilize chlorocatechols, but is not added to samples of



 pulp and paper in-process wastewaters.   Therefore, it  is



 necessary to  prepare separate sets of five initial



 calibration standards with and without the addition of



 ascorbic acid.  Also, in the event that the laboratory is



 extracting final effluent samples by both the stir-bar and



 separatory funnel procedures (see Section 11.3),  initial



 calibration standards should be prepared by both methods.



 7.13.3  These  solutions permit the relative response



 (labeled to unlabeled)  and the response factor to be



measured as a  function of concentration (Sections 10.4 and



 10.5) .




 7.13.4  The nominal 50 ^ig/mL standard may also be used as a






                            1088

-------
calibration verification standard  (see Section 9.6).



7.14  Ongoing precision and recovery  (OPR) standard: Used



for determination of initial  (Section 9.3.2) and ongoing



 (Section 9.6) precision and recovery.  This solution is



prepared by spiking 500 /iL of each the two solutions of* the



secondary calibration standards  (Section  7.9) and  1 mL of



each of the two labeled compound spiking  solutions  (Section



7.8) into 1000 mL of reagent water.



7.15  Stability of solutions:' All standard solutions



 (Sections 7.7 through 7.14) shall be analyzed within 48



hours of preparation and on a1 monthly basis thereafter for



signs of degradation.  Standards will remain acceptable if



the peak area at the quantitation m/z relative to the DFB



internal standard remains within ±15% of  the area obtained



in the initial analysis of the standard.



8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage




8.1  Collect'samples in glass, containers  (Section 6.1)



following conventional sampling practices (Reference 9) .



Aqueous samples are collected, in refrigerated bottles using



automatic sampling equipment.1



8.2  Sample preservation.



8.2.1  Residual chlorine: If the sample contains residual



chlorine, the chlorine must be reduced to eliminate positive



interference resulting from continued chlorination



reactions.  Immediately after sampling, test for residual



chlorine using the following method or an alternative EPA





                            1089

-------
 method (Reference 10).




 8.2.1.1   Dissolve a few crystals of potassium iodide in the



 sample and add three to five drops of a 1% starch solution.



 A blue color indicates  the presence of residual  chlorine.



 8.2.1.2   If residual chlorine is found,  add 1 mL of sodium



 thiosulfate solution (Section 7.2.1)  for each 2.5 ppm of



 free  chlorine or until  the blue  color disappears.




 8.2.2  Acidification: Adjust pH  of all aqueous samples to  <2



 with  sulfuric acid (Section 7.1.2).   Failure  to  acidify



 samples may result in positive interferences  from continued



 chlorination reactions.




 8.2.3  Refrigeration: Maintain sample temperature  at  0  to



 4°C from time of collection  until  extraction,  and maintain



 extracts at  a temperature  of 0 to  4°C  from time of



 extraction.until analysis.




 8.3  Collect  a minimum of  2000 mL  of  sample.   This will



provide a sufficient amount  for all testing.   Smaller



amounts may be collected if  the stream is known to contain



high levels of chlorophenolics.



8.4  All samples must be acetylated and extracted within 30



days of collection, and must be analyzed within 30 days of



acetylation.  If labeled compound recoveries for a sample do



not meet the acceptance criteria in Table 5 and the 30-day



holding time is not met, a new sample must be collected.



9.0  Quality Control
                            1090

-------
9.1  Each laboratory that uses this method is required to
                            i
operate a formal quality assurance program (Reference 8).

The minimum requirements of this program consist of an

initial demonstration of labpratory capability,  analysis of

samples spiked with labeled compounds to evaluate and

document data quality, and analysis of standards and blanks
                            i
as tests of continued performance.  Laboratory performance

is compared to established performance criteria to determine

if the results of analyses meet the performance

characteristics of the method.

9.1.1  DFTPP spectrum validity shall be checked at the

beginning of each eight-hour; shift during which analyses are

performed.  This test is despribed in Section 9.2.

9.1.2  The laboratory shall make an initial demonstration of

the ability to generate acceptable results with this method.

This ability is established as described in Section 9.3.
                            j
9.1.3  The laboratory is permitted to modify this method to

improve separations or lower the costs of measurements,

provided all performance specifications are met.  Each time

a modification is made to the method, the laboratory is
                            (
required to repeat the procedures in Sections 10.3 and 9.3.2

to demonstrate method performance.  If the detection limits--

for the analytes in this method will be affected by the

modification, the laboratory  should demonstrate that each

MDL  (40 CFR 136, Appendix B);  is less than or equal to the
                            I,
MDL in this method or one-ttiird the regulatory compliance

                            f
                            ;1091

-------
level, whichever is higher.



9.1.4  The laboratory shall spike all samples with labeled



compounds and the sample matrix internal standard (SMIS) to




monitor method performance.  This test is described in



Section 9.4.  When results of these spikes indicate atypical



method performance for samples, the samples are diluted to



bring method performance within acceptable limits (Section



13).



9.1.5  Analyses of blanks are required to demonstrate



freedom from contamination.  The procedures and criteria for



analysis of a blank are described in Section 9.5.



9.1.6  The laboratory shall, on an ongoing basis,



demonstrate through analysis of the ongoing precision and



recovery standard (Section 7.14) that the analysis system is



in control.  These procedures are described in Section 9.6.



9.1.7  The laboratory shall maintain records to define the



quality of data that is generated.  Development of accuracy



statements is'described in Section 9.4.4 and 9.6.3.



9.2  DFTPP spectrum validity: Inject 1 /^L of the DFTPP



solution (Section 7.11)  either separately or within a few



seconds of injection of the OPR standard (Section 9.6.)



analyzed at the beginning of each shift.  The criteria in



Table 3 shall be met. .



9.3  Initial demonstration of laboratory capability.



9.3.1  Method Detection Limit(MDL):  To establish the ability



to detect the analytes in this method, the laboratory should






                             1092

-------
determine the MDL per the procedure in 40 CFR 136, Appendix


B using the apparatus, reagents, and standards that will be


used in the practice of this method.  MDLs less than or


equal to the MDLs in Table 2 should be achieved prior to the


practice of this method.     |


9.3.2  Initial precision and recovery (IPR):  To establish


the ability to demonstrate control over the analysis system


and to generate acceptable precision and accuracy, the


laboratory shall perform the following operations:


9.3.2.1  Derivatize, extract,; concentrate, and analyze four


1000-mL aliquots of the ongoing precision and recovery
                             i

standard (OPR; Section 7.14), according to the procedure in


Section 11.  Separate sets of IPR aliquots must be prepared


with the addition of ascorbic acid and without.                  BB


9.3.2.2  Using results of the: four analyses,  compute the


average percent recovery  (X) and the relative standard


deviation of the recovery (s) for each compound, by isotope


dilution for pollutants with !a labeled analog, and by


internal standard for pollutants with no labeled analog and


for the labeled compounds and the SMIS.


9.3.2.3  For each compound,  compare s and X with the


corresponding limits for initial precision and recovery in


Table 5.  If s and X for all ^compounds meet the acceptance


criteria, system performance ;is acceptable and analysis of


blanks and samples may begin.-  If, however, any individual s


exceeds the precision limit or any individual X falls
                             1093

-------
outside the range for recovery, system performance  is



unacceptable for that compound.  In this event, correct the



problem and repeat the test  (Section 9.3.2) .



9.4  Labeled compound recovery: The laboratory shall spike



all samples with labeled compounds and the  sample matrix



internal standard (SMIS) to assess method performance on the



sample matrix.




9.4.1  Analyze each sample according to the method  beginning



in Section 11.           ••      •          .




9.4.2  Compute the percent recovery (P) of the labeled



compounds and the SMIS using the internal standard  method



(Section 14.3) with 2,2'-difluorobiphenyl as the reference



compound.




9.4.3  Compare the labeled compound and SMIS recovery for



each compound with the corresponding limits in Table 5.  If



the recovery of any compound falls outside its warning



limit, method performance i.s unacceptable for that  compound



in that sample.  Therefore, the sample is complex.  The



sample is diluted and reanalyzed per Section 13.



9.4.4  As part of the QA program for the laboratory, it is



suggested,  but not required,  that method accuracy for



samples be assessed and records maintained.  After  the



analysis of five samples for which the labeled compounds



pass the tests in Section 9.4.3, compute the average percent



recovery (P)  and the standard deviation of the percent



recovery (sp)  for the labeled compounds only.  Express the






                            1094

-------
accuracy assessment  as  a  percent  recovery  interval from P -



2sp to  P +  2sp  for each matrix.   For example, if P = 90% and



sp =  10%, the accuracy  interval is expressed as 70 to 110%.



Update  the  accuracy  assessment for each compound on a



regular basis  (e.g.,  after each 20 to 30 new accuracy



measurements).



9.5   Blanks: Reagent water blanks are analyzed to



demonstrate freedom  from  contamination.



9.5.1  Extract  and concentrat'e a  1000-mL reagent water blank



with  each sample batch  (samples started through the



extraction  process on the same eight-hour  shift, to a



maximum of  20 samples).   Blanks associated with samples to



which ascorbic  acid  is  added must be prepared with ascorbic



acid, and blanks associated with  samples to which ascorbic



acid  is  not added  must  be prepared without ascorbic acid.



Analyze  the blank  immediately, after analysis of the OPR



(Section 7.14)  to  demonstrate freedom from contamination.



9.5.2   If any of the  compounds of interest (Table 1)  or any



potentially interfering compound  is found  in an aqueous



blank at greater than 5 /Kj/L (assuming a response factor of



one relative to the  sample matrix internal standard for



compounds not listed  in Tables 1), analysis of samples is



halted until the source of contamination is eliminated and a



blank shows no  evidence of contamination at this level.



9.6   Calibration verification! and ongoing precision and



recovery: At the beginning of, each eight-hour shift during





                             1095

-------
which analyses  are performed,  analytical system performance



is verified for all compounds.  Analysis of DFTPP  (Section



9.2)  and the nominal 50  /xg/mL  OPR  (Section 11.1.5)  is used



to verify all performance  criteria.  Adjustment and/or



recalibration,  per Section 10,  shall be performed until  all



performance criteria are met.   Only after all performance



criteria are met may samples and blanks be analyzed.



9.6.1  Analyze  the extract of  the OPR  (Section 11.1.5) at



the beginning of each eight-hour shift arid prior to analysis



of samples  from the same batch.  Alternatively, a separate



calibration verification may be performed using an aliquot



of the midpoint  calibration standard from Section 7.13 (with



a nominal concentration  of 50  //g/mL) .  This alternative may



be used  to  check instrument performance on failure of an



OPR, or  when samples  extracted with an OPR aliquot are not



analyzed within  the same eight-hour analysis shift.



9.6.1.1  Retention times:  The absolute retention time of



2,2'-difluorobiphenyl shall be within the range of 765 to



885 seconds,  and the  relative retention times of all



pollutants  and labeled compounds shall fall within the



limits given in  Table 2.



9.6.1.2  GC  resolution:  The valley height between



4, 6-dichloroguaiacol  and 3,4-dichloroguaiacol at m/z 192



shall not exceed 10%  of  the height of the taller of the two



peaks..
                             1096

-------
9.6.1.3  Multiple peaks: Each compound injected shall give a     ^
                                                                 w
single, distinct GC peak.
9.6.2  Compute the percent recovery of each pollutant  (Table
1) by isotope dilution  (Section 10.4) for those compounds
that have labeled analogs.  Compute the percent recovery of
each pollutant that has no labeled analog by the internal
standard method  (Section 10.5), using the
3,4,5-trichlorophenol (SMIS)  'as the internal standard.
Compute the percent recovery of the labeled compounds and
the SMIS by the internal standard method, using the
2,2'-difluorobiphenyl as the internal standard.
9.6.2.1  For each compound, compare the recovery with the
limits for ongoing precision and recovery in Table 5.  If
all compounds meet the acceptance criteria, system
performance is acceptable and analysis of blanks and samples
may proceed.  If, however, any individual recovery falls
outside of the range given, system performance is
unacceptable for that compound.  In this event, there may be
a problem with the GCMS or with the
derivatization/extraction/coricentration systems.
9.6.2.2  GCMS system: To determine if the failure of the OPR
test  (Section 9.6.2.1) is due to instrument drift, analyze
                             i                .
the current calibration verification extract (Section
7.13.4), calculate the percent recoveries of all compounds,
and compare with the OPR recovery limits in Table 5.  If all
compounds meet these criteria, GCMS performance/stability is

                             1097

-------
verified,  and the  failure of the OPR analysis is attributed




to problems  in the derivat.ization/extraction/concentration



of the OPR.   In this  case, analysis of the sample extracts



may proceed.   However, failure of any of the recovery



criteria in  the analysis of a sample extract requires



rederivatization of that sample  (Sections 13.3.1 and



13.3.2).   If,  however, the performance/stability of the GCMS



is not verified by analysis of the calibration verification



extract, the  GCMS  requires recalibration and all extracts



associated with the failed OPR must be reanalyzed.



9.6.3  Add results that' pass the specifications in Section



9.6.2.1 to initial and previous ongoing data for each



compound.  Update QC  charts to form a graphic representation



of continued  laboratory performance.  Develop a statement of



laboratory accuracy for each pollutant and labeled.compound



in each matrix type (reagent water,  C-stage filtrate,



E-stage filtrate, final effluent, etc.)  by calculating the



average percent  recovery (R)  and the standard deviation of



percent recovery (sr)  .  Express the accuracy as a recovery



interval from  R  - 2sr to R + 2sr.  For example,  if R = 95%



and sr = 5%, the accuracy is 85 to 105%.



9.7  The specifications contained in this method can be met



if the apparatus used is calibrated properly,  then



maintained in  a  calibrated state.  The standards used for



calibration  (Section 10)  and for initial  (Section 9.3.2)  and



ongoing ' (Section 9.6)  precision and recovery should be






                            1098

-------
identical, so that the most precise results will be



obtained.  The GCMS instrument in particular will provide



the most reproducible results' if dedicated to the settings



and conditions required for the analyses of chlorophenolics



by thip method.



9.8  Depending on specific prpgram requirements, field



replicates may be collected to determine the precision of



the sampling technique, and spiked samples may be required



to determine the accuracy of the analysis when the internal



standard method is used.     J



10.0 Calibration and Standardization




10.1  Assemble the GCMS and establish the operating



conditions in Section 12.   Analyze standards per the



procedure in Section 12 to demonstrate that the analytical



system meets the minimum levels in Table 2, and the



mass-intensity criteria in Table 3 for 50 ng DFTPP.



10.2  Mass-spectral libraries!: Detection and identification



of compounds of interest are dependent upon spectra stored



in user-created'libraries.



10.2.1  Obtain a mass spectrum of the acetyl derivative of



each chlorophenolic compound Kpollutant, labeled compound,



and the sample matrix internal standard) by derivatizing and



analyzing an authentic standard either singly or as part of



a mixture in which there is no interference between closely



eluting components.  That only a single compound is present



is determined by examination of the spectrum.   Fragments not




                            1099

-------
 attributable  to  the  compound under study indicate  the



 presence of an interfering  compound.




 10.2.2  Adjust the analytical conditions and  scan  rate  (for



 this test only)  to produce  an undistorted spectrum at the  GC



 peak maximum.  An undistorted spectrum will usually be



 obtained if five complete spectra  are collected  across  the



 upper half of the GC peak.   Software algorithms  designed to



 "enhance" the spectrum may  eliminate distortion, but may



 also eliminate authentic m/z's or  introduce other



 distortion.




 10.2.3  The authentic reference spectrum is obtained under



 DFTPP tuning conditions  (Section 10.1 and Table  3)  to



 normalize it to  spectra from other  instruments.




 10.2.4  The spectrum is edited by removing all peaks in the



 m/z 42 to 45 range, and saving the  five  most  intense mass-



 spectral peaks and all other mass spectral peaks greater



 than 10% of the  base peak (excluding the  peaks in  the m/z  42



 to 45 range).   The spectrum  may be  further edited  to remove



 common interfering m/z's.  The spectrum  obtained is stored



 for reverse search and for compound confirmation.



 10.3  Minimum level:  Demonstrate that the chlorophenolics



 are detectable at the minimum level (per  all  criteria in



 Section 14) .   The nominal 5  /ig/mL calibration standard



 (Section 7.13) can be used to demonstrate this performance.



 10.4  Calibration with isotope dilution:   Isotope dilution  is



used when (1)  labeled compounds are available, (2)






                             1100

-------
interferences do not preclude its use, and  (3)  the

quantitation m/z (Table 4) extracted ion-current  profile

(EICP)  area for the compound is in the calibration range.

Alternative labeled compounds and quantitation  m/z's may be

used based on availability.  'If any of the  above  conditions

preclude  isotope dilution, the internal standard  calibration

method  (Section 10.5)  is used.

10.4.1  A calibration curve encompassing the concentration

range is  prepared for each compound to be determined.   The

relative  response (pollutant jto labeled) vs.  concentration

in standard solutions is plotted or computed using a linear
                              ,
regression.   The example in figure 1 shows  a calibration

curve for phenol using phenol-d5 as the isotopic  diluent.

Also shown are the ±10% error limits  (dotted lines).

Relative  response (RR)  is determined according  to the

procedures described below.  'A minimum of five  data points

are employed for calibration.1

10.4.2  The relative response of a pollutant to its labeled

analog  is determined from isotope ratio values  computed from

acquired  data.  Three isotope ratios are used in  this
                              i
process:

          RX = the isotope ratio measured for the pure pollutant.
          R = the isotope ratio measured for the labeled compound.
          Rm = the isotope ratio of ah analytical mixture  of pollutant
              and labeled compounds.
                              1101

-------
The m/z's  are selected such that  Rx > Ry.  If Rm is not



between  2Ry and  0.5RX, the method does not apply and  the



sample is  analyzed by the internal  standard method.



10.4.3   Capillary columns sometimes separate the



pollutant-labeled pair when deuterium labeled compounds are




used, with the labeled compound  eluted first (Figure  2).



For this case,
  R  =
    X
     area m Jz 1

     	, at the retention time of the pollutant (RT~).
  R  = -=	^, at the retention time of the labeled compound

   y   \area m
   m
     [•



     larea at m.lz (at RTj]
R  - I	1, as measured in the mixture of the pollutant and
     larea at m2/z (at RTjl

                         labeled compounds (Figure 2), and RR  = R .
10.4.4   When the pollutant-labeled pair is not separated (as




occurs with carbon-13-labeled  compounds),  or when another
              *



labeled  compound with interfering spectral masses overlaps




the pollutant (a case which  can occur with isomeric




compounds),  it is necessary  to determine the contributions




of the pollutant and labeled compound to the respective EICP




areas.:   If  the peaks are separated well enough to permit the




data  system or operator to remove the contributions  of  the
                              1102

-------
 compounds to each other,  the equations in Section 10.4.3
 apply.   This usually occurs when the height of the valley
 between the two GC peaks  at the same m/z is less than  70 to
 90%  of  the height of the  shorter of the two peaks.  If
 significant GC and spectral overlap occur,  RR is computed
 using the following equation:
                      ** = ^
                 Where:
                 Rx is measured as shown in figure 3A,
                 R is measured as shown in figure 3B,
                 Rm is measured as shown in figure 3C.
For example, Rx = 46100/4780  = 9.644; Ry = 2650/43600 =
0.0608; R,,, = 49200/48300 =  1.1019;  thus,  RR  =  1.114.
10.4.5  To calibrate the analytical system by isotope
dilution, analyze a I-/JL aliquot of each of the calibration
standards  (Section 7.13) using the procedure in Section 12.
Compute the RR at each  concentration.
10.4.6  Linearity: If the ratio  of relative response to
concentration for any compound is constant  (less than 20%
coefficient of variation) over the five-point  calibration
range, an averaged relative response/concentration ratio may
be used for that compound;  otherwise, the complete
calibration curve for that  compound shall be used over the
five-point calibration  range.!
10.5  Calibration by internal; standard:  The  method contains
two types of internal standards,  the sample  matrix internal

                             __

-------
 standard (SMIS) and  the  instrument internal  standard  (IIS) ,

 and they are used for  different quantitative purposes.  The

 3, 4,5-trichlorophenol  sample matrix internal standard  (SMIS)
 is used for measurement  of .all pollutants with no labeled

 analog and when the.  criteria for isotope dilution (Section

 10.4)  cannot be met.   The  2, 2 ' -dif luorobiphenyl instrument

 internal standard (IIS)  is used for determination of the

 labeled compounds and  the  SMIS.   The result's are used for
 intralaboratory statistics (Sections 9.4.4 and 9.6.3).'
 10.5.1  Response factors:  Calibration requires the

 determination of response  factors (RF)  for both the

pollutants  with no labeled analog and for the  labeled

 compounds and the SMIS .  The  response factor is defined by
the  following equation:
                               W,, * c.)
  Where:
  As = the area of the chracteristic mass for the compound in the daily standard.
  Ajs = the area of the characteristic mass for the internal standard.
  Cis = the concentration of the internal standard (iig/mL).
  Cs = is the concentration of the compound in the calibration standard (\iglmL).


When  this equation is used to determine the response factors
for pollutant  compounds without labeled analogs,  use the
area  (Ais) and concentration  (Cis)  of 3 , 4, 5-trichlorophenol

(SMIS)  as the  internal standard.   When this equation is  used
to determine the response factors  for the labeled analogs
                              1104

-------
and the SMIS, use the  area  (Ais)  and concentration (Cis)  of



2, 2'-difluorobiphenyl  as  the 'internal  standard.



10.5.2  The response factor i's determined  for at  least  five



concentrations appropriate to the response of each compound



(Section 7.13); nominally, 5,; 10, 20,  50,  and 100 /zg/mL.



The amount of SMIS added  to each solution  is the  same  (25
                             j


^g/mL) so that Cis remains constant.   Likewise,  the



concentration of IIS is constant in  each solution.  The area



ratio  (As/Ais)  is plotted versus  the  concentration ratio



(Cs/Cis) for each compound in the standard to produce a



calibration curve.



10.5.3  Linearity: If  the response factor  (RF)  for any



compound is constant  (less than  35%  coefficient of



variation) over the five-point calibration range, an



averaged response factor may be  used for that compound;



otherwise, the complete calibration  curve  for that compound



shall be used over the five-point range.



10.6  Combined calibration: By using calibration  solutions



(Section 7.13) containing the pollutants,  labeled compounds,



and the internal standards, a single set of analyses can be



used to produce calibration qurves for the isotope dilution



and internal standard  methods.   These  curves are verified



each shift  (Section 9) by analyzing  the OPR standard,  or an



optional calibration verification  (VER) standard.



Recalibration is required only if OPR criteria  (Section 9.6



and Table 5) cannot be met.




                             1105

-------
11.0  Sample Derivatization, Extraction, and Concentration




The procedure described in this section uses a stir-bar in a



beaker for the derivatization.  The extraction procedures



applied to samples depend on the type of sample being



analyzed.  Extraction of samples from in-process wastewaters



is performed using a separatory funnel procedure.  All



calibrations, IPR, OPR, and blank analyses associated with



in-process wastewater samples must be performed by the



separatory funnel procedure.



     Extraction of samples of final effluents and raw water



may be performed using either the stir-bar procedure or the



separatory funnel procedure.  However, all calibrations,



IPR, OPR, blank, and sample analyses must be performed using



the same procedure.  Both procedures are described below.



11.1  Preparation of all sample types for stir-bar



derivatization.



11.1.1  Allow sample to warm to room temperature.



11.1.2  Immediately prior to measuring,  shake sample



vigorously to insure homogeneity.



11.1.3  Measure 1000 mL (±10 mL)  of sample 'into a clean



2000-mL beaker.  Label the beaker with the sample number.



11.1.4  Dilute aliguot(s).



11.1.4.1  Complex samples: For samples that are expected to



be difficult to derivatize, concentrate, or are expected to



overload the GC column or mass spectrometer, measure an



additional 100 mL  (±1 mL)  into a clean 2000-mL beaker and





                            1106

-------
dilute to a final volume of 1000-mL  (±50 mL) with reagent

water.  Label with the sample number and as the dilute

aliquot.  However, to ensurejadequate sensitivity, a 1000-mL

aliquot must always be prepared and analyzed.

11.1.4.2  Pulp and paper industry samples: For in-process

streams such as E-stage and C-stage filtrates and other

in-process wastewaters, it may be necessary to prepare an

aliquot at an additional level of dilution.  In this case,

dilute 10 mL (±0.1 mL) of sample to 1000-mL  (±50 mL).

11.1.5  QC aliquots: For a batch of samples of the same type

to be extracted at the same time (to a maximum of 20), place
                            |
two 1000-mL (±10 mL) aliquots of reagent water in clean
                            i
2000-mL beakers.  Label one beaker as the blank and the

other as the ongoing precision and recovery  (OPR)  aliquot.


Because final effluent samples are treated with ascorbic
                            i

acid and in-process wastewater samples are not (see Section

lit 1.6), prepare an OPR aliquot and a blank for the final

effluent and a separate pair\for the in-process samples.

Treat these QC aliquots in the same fashion as the

associated samples, adding ascorbic acid to the pair

associated with the final effluents, and not adding ascorbic

acid to the pair associated with the in-process samples.

11.1.6  Ascorbic acid: Added to stabilize chlorocatechols.

However, for pulp and paper industry in-process streams and

other in-process wastewaters,  the addition of ascorbic acid

may convert chloro-o-quinones to catechols if these quinones


                            1107

-------
are present.  Separate calibration curves must be prepared



with and without the addition of ascorbic acid  (Section



7.13.2) .




11.1.6.1  Spike 5 to 6 mL of the ascorbic acid solution



(Section 7.2.2) into each final effluent sample, and the



associated calibration standards, IPR and OPR aliquots, and



blank.




11.1.6.2  For pulp and paper industry C-stage filtrates,



E-stage filtrates, and untreated effluents,'omit the



ascorbic acid to prevent the conversion of chloro-o-quinones




to catechols.  Prepare calibration standards, IPR and OPR



aliquots, and blanks associated with these samples without



ascorbic acid as well.




11.1.7  Spike 1000 /zL of the labeled compound spiking



solution (Sectipn 7.8)  into the sample and QC aliquots.



11.1.8  Spike 500 /j.L> of the nominal 50 /ig/mL calibration



solution (Section 7.13.4)  into the OPR aliquot.



11.1.9  Adjust the pH of the sample aliquots to between 7.0



and 7.1.  For calibration standards,  IPR and OPR aliquots,



and blanks,  pH adjustment is not required.



11.1.10  Equilibrate all sample and QC solutions for



approximately 15 minutes,  with occasional stirring.



11.2  Derivatization: Because derivatization must proceed



rapidly, particularly upon the addition of the K2CO3 buffer,



it is necessary to work with one sample at a time until the



derivatization step (Section 11.2.3)  is complete.





                            1108

-------
11.2.1   Place  a beaker  containing a sample or QC aliquot on



the magnetic stirrer  in a  fume hood, drop a clean stirring



bar into the beaker,  and increase the speed of the stirring



bar until the  vortex  is drawn to the bottom of the beaker.



11.2.2   Measure 25 to 26 mL of K2CO3 buffer into a graduated
                             i


cylinder or other container and 25 to 26 mL of acetic acid

                             j

into another.



11.2.3   Add the K2C03  buffer to the sample or QC aliquot,



immediately  (within one to three seconds) add the acetic



anhydride, and stir for three to five minutes to complete



the derivatization.



11.3  Extraction: Two procedures are described below for the



extraction of  derivatized  samples.  The choice of extraction



procedure will depend on the sample type.  For final



effluent samples, either of two procedures may be utilized



for extraction of derivatized samples.  For samples of



in-process wastewaters,  the separatory funnel extraction



procedure must be used.     •',



Note:  Whichever procedure is employed, the same extraction




procedure must be used  for calibration standards,  IPR




aliquotSf OPR  aliguots,  blanks, and the associated field




samples.




11.3.1   Stir-bar extraction of final effluents.
                             1109

-------
 11.3.1.1  Add 200 mL (±20 mL)  of hexane to the beaker and



 stir for three to five minutes,  drawing the vortex to the



 bottom of the beaker.




 11.3.1.2  Stop the stirring and  drain the  hexane  and a




 portion of the water into a 500- to 1000-mL separatory



 funnel.   Allow the layers to separate.




 11.3.1.3  Drain the aqueous layer back into the beaker.



 11.3.1.4  The formation of emulsions can be expected in any



 solvent  extraction procedure.  If an emulsion  forms,  the



 laboratory must take steps to  break the  emulsion  before



 proceeding.   Mechanical  means  of breaking  the  emulsion



 include  the use of a glass stirring.rod, filtration  through



 glass wool, and other techniques.   For emulsions  that resist



 these techniques,  centrifugation is  nearly 100% effective.



     If  centrifugation is  employed  to break the emulsion,



 drain the  organic  layer  into a centrifuge  tube, cap  the



 tube, and  centrifuge for two to  three minutes or until the



phases separate.   If the emulsion cannot be completely



broken,  collect  as much  of  the organic phase as possible,



and measure and  record the  volume of the organic phase



collected.




     If  all efforts to break the emulsion fail, -including



centrifugation,  and none of the organic phase can be



collected, proceed with the dilute aliquot  (Section



11.1.4.2).  However, use of the dilute aliquot will
                            1110

-------
sacrifice the sensitivity of the method,  and may not be

appropriate in all cases.     ;

11.3.1.5  Drain the organic layer into a Kuderna-Danish

(K-D) apparatus equipped with a 10-mL concentrator tube.

Label the K-D apparatus.  Itmay be necessary to pour the

organic layer through a funnel containing anhydrous sodium

sulfate to remove any traces;of water from the extract.
                             I
11.3.1.6  Repeat the extraction (Section 11.3.1.1 through

11.3.1.5) two more times using another 200-mL of hexane for

each extraction, combining the extracts in the K-D

apparatus.

11.3.1.7  Proceed with concentration of the extract, as

described in Section 11.4.

11.3.2  Separatory funnel extraction of either final             flB

effluents or in-process wastewaters.

11.3.2.1  Transfer the derivatize£ sample or QC aliquot to a

2-L separatory funnel.

11.3.2.2  Add 200 mL  (±20 mL)' of hexane to the separatory

funnel.  Cap the funnel and extract the sample by shaking

the funnel for two to three minutes with periodic venting.

11.3.2.3  Allow the organic layer to separate from the water

phase for a minimum of 10 minutes.

11.3.2.4  Drain the lower aqueous layer into the beaker used

for derivatization  (Section 11.2), or into a second clean 2-

L separatory funnel.  Transfer the solvent to a 1000-mL K-D

flask.   It may be necessary to pour the organic layer
                             f


                             1111

-------
through a funnel containing anhydrous sodium sulfate to



remove any traces of water from the extract.




11.3.2.5  The formation of emulsions can be expected in any



solvent extraction procedure.  If an emulsion forms, the



laboratory must take steps to break the emulsion before



proceeding.  Mechanical means of breaking the emulsion



include the use of a glass stirring rod, filtration through



glass wool, and other techniques.  For emulsions that resist



these techniques, centrifugation may be required.



     If centrifugation is employed to break the emulsion,



drain the organic layer into a centrifuge tube,  cap the



tube, and centrifuge for two to three minutes or until the



phases separate.  If the emulsion cannot be completely



broken, collect as much of the organic phase as possible,



and measure and record the volume of the organic phase



collected.   If all efforts to break the emulsion, including



centrifugation,  fail and none of the organic phase can be



collected,  proceed with the dilute aliquot (Section



11.1.4.2).   However,  use of the dilute aliquot will



sacrifice the sensitivity of the method,  and may not be



appropriate in all cases.



11.3.2.6 . If drained into a beaker,  transfer the aqueous



layer to the 2-L separatory funnel (Section 11.3.2.1).



Perform a second extraction using another 200 mL of fresh



solvent.
                            1112

-------
11.3.2.7  Transfer the extract to the 1000-mL K-D flask in



Section 11.3.2.4.



11.3.2.8  Perform a third extraction in the same fashion as



above.



11.3.2.9  Proceed with concentration of the extract, as



described in Section 11.4.



11.4  Macro concentration: Concentrate the extracts in
                             i                    '
                             I

separate 1000-mL K-D flasks equipped with 10-mL concentrator



tubes.  Add one to two clean iboiling chips to the flask and



attach a three-ball macro-Snyder column.  Prewet the column



by adding approximately 1 mL ,of hexane through the top.



Place the K-D apparatus in a ihot water bath so that the



entire lower rounded surface of the flask is bathed with



steam.  Adjust the vertical position of the apparatus and
                             t


the water temperature as required to complete the



concentration in 15 to 20 minutes.  At the proper rate of



distillation, the balls of the column will actively chatter
                             f

but the chambers will not flood.  When the liquid has



reached an apparent volume of 1 mL, remove the K-D apparatus



from  the bath and allow the solvent to drain and cool for at



least 10 minutes.  Remove the Snyder column and rinse the



flask and its lower joint into the concentrator tube with 1



to 2 mL of hexane.  A 5-mL' syringe is recommended for this



operation.                   <
                             1113

-------
  11.5   Micro-concentration:  Final  concentration  of  the



  extracts may be  accomplished using either  a micro-Snyder



  column or nitrogen evaporation.




  11.5.1 Micro-Snyder column: Add  a clean boiling chip and



  attach a two-ball micro-Snyder column to the concentrator



  tube.  Prewet the column by adding approximately 0.5 mL



  hexane through the top.  Place the apparatus in the hot



  water  bath.  Adjust the vertical position and the water



  temperature as required to complete the concentration in 5



  to 10  minutes.   At' the proper rate of distillation, the



 balls  of the column will actively chatter but the chambers



 will not flood.   When the liquid reaches an apparent volume



 of approximately 0.2 mL, remove the apparatus from the water



 bath and allow to drain and cool for at least 10 minutes.



 Remove the micro-Snyder column and rinse its lower joint



 into the concentrator tube with approximately 0.2 mL of



 hexane.  Adjust  to a final volume of 0.5 mL.




 11.5.2  Nitrogen evaporation:  Transfer the concentrator tube



 to a nitrogen evaporation device and direct a gentle stream



 of clean dry nitrogen into the concentrator.   Rinse the



 sides of the concentrator tube with small  volumes of hexane,



. and concentrate  the  extract to a final  volume  of 0.5 mL.



 11.6  Spike  each extract with  10' /zL of  the



 2,2'-difluorobiphenyl  IIS  (Section 7.10) and  transfer the



 concentrated extract  to a  clean screw-cap vial using hexane



 to rinse  the concentrator  tube.   Seal the vial with a






                             1114

-------
PTFE-lined lid, and mark the ilevel on the vial.  Label with

the sample number and store in the dark at -20 to -10°C

until ready for analysis.

12.0  GCMS Analysis          \


12.1  Establish the following operating conditions:

     Carrier gas flow:       j Helium at 30 cm/sec at 50°C

     Injector temperature:    300°C

     Initial temperature:    ; 50°C

     Temperature program:     8°c/min to 270°c

     Final hold:              Until after 2,6-

                              dichlorosyringaldehyde elutes

Adjust the GC conditions to meet the requirements in Section

9.6.1.1 and Table 2 for analyte separation and sensitivity.

Once optimized, the same GC conditions must be used for the      WB
                             I                                    u
analysis of all standards, blanks, IPR and OPR aliquots, and

samples.

12.2  Bring the concentrated.extract  (Section 11.6) or

standard  (Sections 7.13 and 7.14) to room temperature and

verify that any precipitate has redissolved.  Verify the

level on the extract  (Sections 7.13, 7.14, and 11.6) and

bring to the mark with solvent if required.

12.3  Inject a l-/iL volume of the standard solution or

extract using on-column or splitless injection.  For 0.5 mL

extracts, this l-/iL injection volume will contain 50 ng of

the DFB internal standard.  If an injection volume other

than 1 /zL is used, that volume must contain 50 ng of DFB.


                             1115

-------
 12.4  Start the GC column temperature ramp upon injection.
 Start MS data collection after the solvent peak elutes.
 Stop data collection after the 2,6-dichlorosyringaldehyde
 peak elutes.   Return the column to the initial temperature
 for analysis  of the next sample.
 13.0  Analysis of Complex Samples
 Some samples  may contain high levels (>1000 /ig/L)  of the
 compounds of  interest,  interfering compounds,  and/or other
 phenolic materials.   Some samples  will not concentrate to
 0.5  mL (Section 11.5);  others will overload the GC column
 and/or mass spectrometer;  others may contain amounts of
 phenols that  may 'exceed the  capacity of the derivatizing
 agent.
 13.1  Analyze the  dilute aliquot (Section  11.1.4)  when the
 sample will not  concentrate  to 0.5  mL.   If  a dilute  aliquot
 was  not  extracted, and  the sample  holding  time  (Section  8.4)
 has  not  been  exceeded,  dilute an aliquot of  sample with
 reagent  water, and derivatize and  extract  it (Section
 11.1.4).  Otherwise, dilute  the  extract  (Section 14.7.3)   and
 quantitate  it by the internal standard method  (Section
 14.3) .
 13.2  Recovery of  the 2,2'-difluorobiphenyl  instrument
 internal standard: The EICP  area of the internal standard
 should be within a factor of  two of the area in the OPR or
VER standard  (Section. 9.6).   If the absolute areas of the
 labeled compounds and the SMIS are within a factor of two of
                             1116

-------
the respective areas in the OPR or VER standard,  and the DFB


internal standard area is less than one-half of its


respective area, then internal standard loss in the extract


has occurred.  In this case,\analyze the extract from the
                            i

dilute aliquot  (Section 11.1,4).


13.3  Recovery of labeled compounds and the sample matrix.


internal standard (SMIS): SMIS and labeled compound recovery

                            I
specifications have been developed for samples with and


without the addition of ascorbic acid.  Compare the


recoveries to the appropriate limits in Table 5.


13.3.1  If SMIS or labeled compound recoveries are outside


the limits given in Table 5 and the associated OPR analysis


meets the recovery criteria, I the extract from the dilute


aliquot  (Section 11.1.4) is analyzed as in Section 14.7.


13.3.2  If labeled compound or SMIS recovery is outside the


limits given in Table 5 and the associated OPR analysis did


not meet recovery criteria, a problem in the


derivatization/extraction/concentration of the sample is


indicated, and the sample must be rederivatized and


reanalyzed.
                            l

14.0  Data Analysis and Calculations


14.1  Qualitative determination:  Identification is


accomplished by comparison  of  data from analysis of a sample


or blank with data stored in: the mass spectral libraries..
Identification of a  compound


criteria  are met:
is confirmed when the following
                             1117

-------
 14.1.1   The  signals  for m/z 43  (to  indicate  the presence  of




 the  acetyl derivative) and all  characteristic m/z's  stored



 in the  spectral library  (Section 10.2.4) shall be present



 and  shall maximize within the same  two consecutive scans.



 14.1.2   Either  (1) the background corrected  EICP areas, or



 (2)  the  corrected relative intensities of the mass spectral



 peaks at the GC peak maximum shall  agree within a factor  of



 two  (0.5 to 2 times) for all m/z's  stored in the library.



 14.1.3   The relative retention  time shall be within  the



 window specified in Table 2.




 14.1.4   .The m/z's present in the mass spectrum from the



 component in the sample that are not present in the



 reference mass spectrum shall be accounted for by



 contaminant or background ions.   If the mass spectrum is



 contaminated, an experienced spectrometrist  (Section 1.4)



 shall determine the presence or absence of the compound.



 14.2  Quantitative determination by isotope dilution: By



 adding a known amount of a labeled compound to every sample



prior to derivatization and extraction,  correction for



 recovery of the pollutant can be made because the pollutant



 and its labeled analog exhibit the same effects upon



derivatization,  extraction,  concentration,  and gas



chromatography.   Relative response  (RR)  values for sample



mixtures are used in conjunction with calibration curves



described in Section 10.4 to determine concentrations



directly, so long as labeled compound spiking levels are






                            1118

-------
constant.   For the phenol example given  in Figure 1 (Section
10.4.1),  RR would be equal to1 1.114.  For  this RR value, the
phenol  calibration curve  given in Figure 1 indicates a
concentration of 27 /ig/mL in the sample  extract (Cex) .
14.2.1   Compute the concentration in the extract using the
response ratio determined from calibration data (Section
10.4) and the following equation:
                        L) = (An x C,) / (Al x RR)
        Where:                  \
        C a = concentration of the pollutant in  the extract.
         An- area of the characteristic m/z for the
             pollutant.
         Cl = concentration of the labeled compound in the extract.
         Aj = area of the characteristic mlz for the labeled compound.
        RR = response ratio from the initial calibration.
14.2.2   For the IPR  (Section 9.3.2) and OPR (Section 9.6),
compute  the percent recovery of each pollutant using the
equation in Section 14.6.   The percent recovery is used for
the evaluation of method and laboratory performance, in the
form of  IPR (Section  9.3.2)  and OPR  (Section 9.6).
14.3  Quantitative determination by internal standard:
Compute  the concentration using the response factor
determined from calibration data  (Section 10.5)  and the
following equation:
                              1119

-------
                  Cex(ng/mL)  = (A, x CJ / (Ais x

         Where:
         Cex = concentration of the pollutant in the extract.
          As= area of the characteristic m/z for the pollutant.
         Cjs = concentration of the internal standard in the extract
              (see note below).
         A.s = area of the characteristic m/z for the internal standard.
         RF = response factor from the initial calibration.

Note:   When this equation is used  to compute the  extract

concentrations  of  native compounds without labeled  analogs,

use  the area  (Ais)  and concentration   (Cis) of

3,4,5-trichlorophenol (SMIS)  as  the  internal standard.

     For the IPR  (Section 9.3.2) and OPR (Section 9.6),

compute the percent recovery using the equation in  Section
14.6.

Note:   Separate calibration curves will be required for

samples with and without  the addition of ascorbic acid,  and

also for both extraction procedures  (stir-bar and separatory

funnel)  where applicable.

14.4   Compute the  concentration of the labeled compounds and
the SMIS using the equation in Section 14.3,  but using  the
area and concentration of  the 2,2'-difluorobiphenyl as  the
internal standard, and the area of the labeled compound or
SMIS as  As.

14.5   Compute the  concentration of each pollutant compound
in the sample using the following equation:
                              1120

-------
                                    o
         •where:
          Cs = Concentration of the pollutant in the sample.
         Ca = Concentration of the pollutant in the extract.
         V^. = Volume of the concentrated extract (typically 0.5 mL).
          V = Volume of the original sample in liters.

Primaryl4•6   Compute the  recovery of each labeled compound
and the  SMIS  as the ratio of 'concentration  (or  amount)  found

to the concentration  (or  amount)  spiked, using  the following

equation:

                             Concentration found   ,„,.
              Percent recovery = ——	 x 100
                             Concentration spiked

These percent recoveries  are .used to assess method
performance  according to  Sections 9 and 13.
14.7  If the  EICP area at the quantitation m/z  for any
                              i.
compound exceeds the calibration range of the system,  three
approaches are used to obtain results within the calibration

range.
14.7.1   If the recoveries of'all the labeled compounds in
the original  sample aliquot meet the limits in  Table 5, then
the extract  of the sample may be diluted by a maximum of a
factor of 10, and the diluted extract reanalyzed.
14.7.2   If the recovery of aiiy  labeled compound is outside
its limits in Table 5, or if a  tenfold dilution of the
extract  will  not bring the pollutant- within the calibration
range, then  extract and analyze a dilute aliquot of the

                              1121

-------
sample  (Section 11) .  Dilute 100 mL, 10 mL, or an



appropriate volume of sample to 1000 mL with reagent water



and extract per Section 11.




14.7.3  If the recoveries of all labeled compounds in the



original sample aliquot (Section 14.7.1) meet the limits in



Table 5, and if the sample holding time has been exceeded,



then the original sample extract is diluted by successive



factors of 10, the DFB internal standard is added to give a



concentration of 50 ^ug/mL in the diluted extract, and the



diluted extract is analyzed.  Quantitation of all analytes



is performed using the DFB internal standard.



14.7.4  If the recoveries of all labeled compounds in the



original sample aliquot (Section 14.7.1) or in the dilute



aliquot (Section 14.7.2)  (if a dilute aliquot was analyzed)



do not meet the limits in Table 5,  and if the holding time



has been exceeded, re-sampling is required.



14.8  Results are reported for all  pollutants,  labeled



compounds, and the sample matrix internal standard in



standards, blanks, and samples, in units of /xg/L.



14.8.1  Results for samples which have been diluted are



reported at the least dilute level  at which the area at the



quantitation m/z is within the calibration range (Section



14.7).



14.8.2  For compounds having a labeled analog,  results are



reported at the least dilute level  at which the area at the



quantitation m/z is within the calibration range (Section






                            1122

-------
14.7) and the labeled compound recovery is within the normal

range for the method  (Section 13.3).

15.0 Method Performance
                             I

15.1  Single laboratory performance for this method is

detailed in References 1, 2, and 11.  Acceptance criteria

were established from multiple laboratory use of the draft

method.
                             i
15.2  A chromatogram of the ongoing precision and recovery

standard (Section 7.14) is shown in Figure 4.

16.0 Pollution Prevention    j


16.1  The solvents used in this method pose little threat to

the environment when'recycled and managed properly.

16.2  Standards should be prepared in volumes consistent

with laboratory use to minimize the volume of expired

standards to be disposed.    I

17.0 Waste Management


17.1  It is the laboratory's responsibility to comply with

all federal, state, and local[ regulations governing waste

management, particularly the hazardous waste identification

rules and land disposal restrictions, and to protect the

air,  water, and land by minimizing and controlling all

releases from fume hoods and bench operations.  Compliance

with all sewage discharge permits and regulations is also

required.
                             1123

-------
 17.2  Samples preserved with HC1 or H2SO4  to pH  < 2 are



 hazardous and must be neutralized before being disposed, or



 must be handled as hazardous waste.




 17.3  For further information on waste management,  consult



 "The Waste Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel", and



 "Less is Better:- Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste



 Reduction",  both available from the American Chemical




 Society's Department of Government Relations and Science



 Policy,  1155 16th Street N.W.,  Washington, B.C.  20036.



 18.0 References




 18.1  "Chlorinated Phenolics in Water by In Situ




 Acetylation/GC/MS Determination," Method CP-86.01,  National



- Council  of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream



 Improvement, Inc.,  260 Madison Avenue,  New York, NY 10016



 (July 1986).




 18.2  "6240-Chlorinated Phenolics (Interim Standard)," Draft



 Version,  U.  S.  Environmental Protection Agency,  Manchester



 Laboratory,  Manchester,  Washington.




 18.3  "Performance  Tests for the Evaluation of Computerized



 Gas  Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry Equipment and



 Laboratories,"  USEPA,  EMSL Cincinnati,  OH 45268,



 EPA-600/4-80-025  (April 1980).



 18.4  "Working with Carcinogens," DHEW,  PHS,  CDC, NIOSH,



 Publication  77-206  (August 1977).



 18.5  "OSHA  Safety  and Health Standards,  General Industry,"



 OSHA 2206, 29  CFR 1910 (January 1976).




                             1124

-------
18.6  "Safety in Academic Chemistry Laboratories," ACS



Committee on Chemical Safety  (1979).



18.7  "Interlaboratory Validation of U. S. Environmental



Protection Agency Method 1625A, Addendum Report," SRI



International, Prepared for Analysis and Evaluation Division



(WH-557), USEPA, 401 M St. SW, Washington, DC 20460  (January



1985).



18.8  "Handbook of Analytical Quality Control in Water and



Wastewater Laboratories," USEPA, EMSL, Cincinnati, OH 45268,




EPA-600/4-79-019  (March 1979) .



18.9  "Standard Practice for ^Sampling Water," ASTM Annual



Book of Standards, ASTM, Philadelphia, PA, 76 (1980) .



18.10   "Methods 330.4 and 330.5 for Total Residual



Chlorine," USEPA, EMSL, Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA



600/4-70-020  (March 1979).



18.11   "Determination of Chlorophenolics, Special Analytical



Services Contract 1047, Episode 1886," Analytical



Technologies, Inc., Prepared  for W. A. Telliard, Industrial



Technology Division (WH-552), USEPA, 401 M St. SW,



Washington, DC 20460  (June 1990).



18.12   "Determination of Chlorophenolics by GCMS,



Development of Method 1653," 'Analytical Technologies, Inc.,



Prepared for W. A. Telliard, industrial Technology Division



(WH-552), USEPA, 401 M St. SW, Washington, DC 20460  (May



1991).
                             1125

-------
19.0  Tables and Figures
Table 1.  Chlorophenolic Compounds Determined by GCMS using



Isotope Dilution and Internal Standard Techniques
Compound
1-chlorophenol
2 , 4 -dichlorophenol
2 , 6 -dichlorophenol
2 , 4 , 5-trichlorophenol
2,4, 6-trichlorophenol
2,3,4, 6-tetrachloroph-
snol
pentachlorophenol
1 - chloroguaiacol
3 , 4 -dichloroguaiacol
1 , 5 -dichloroguaiacol
1 , 6 -dichloroguaiacol
3,4, 5 -tri chloroguaia-
nol
3,4, 6-trichloroguaia-
rol
1,5, 6-trichloroguaia-
=01
tetrachloroguaiacol
4-chlorocatechol
3 , 4 -dichlorocatechol
3 , 6 -dichlorocatechol
1 , 5 -dichlorocatechol
3 , 4 , 5-trichlorocatec-
10!
3 , 4, 6-trichlorocatec-
aol
tetrachlorocatechol
5-chlorovanillin
S - chlorovani 1 1 in
5, 6 -di chlorovani 11 in
Pollutant
CAS Registry
106-48-9
120-83-2
87-65-0
95-95-4
88-06-2
58-90-2
87-86-5
16766-30-6
77102-94-4
2460-49-3
16766-31-7
57057-83-7
60712-44-9
2668-24-8
2539-17-5
2138-22-9
3978-67-4
3938-16-7
3428-24-8
56961-20-7
32139-72-3
1198-55-6
19463-48-0
18268-76-3
18268-69-4
EPA-EGD
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
Labeled Compound
Analog

<*3




13C6
13C6





13C6
13C6



13C6


13C6
13c6


CAS Registry

93951-74-7




85380-74-1
136955-39-0

a



136955-40-3
136955-41-4



.136955-42-5


136955-43-6
136955-44-7


EPA-
EGD

1102




1107
1108





1114
1115



1119


1122
1123


                            1126

-------
2-chlorosyringaldehyde 76341-69-0
2,6-
iichlorosyringaldehyde
trichlorosyringol
                       76330-06-8
                        2539-26-6
                                     1026
                                     1027
1028
Sample matrix internal standard  (SMIS)
3,4,5-trichlorophenol
                         609-19-8
                                      184
Instrument internal standard  (IIS)',
2,2'-di£luorobiph.enyl |   388-82-9
                                      164
                                  1127

-------
m
o
-H
i — 1
0
a
o
SH
O
rH
43
U
rH
o
CQ
4J
-H
6
"1—1
n
tH

!3
O
-H
4J
O
0)

(U
Q
o
43
Q)


(0
SN
43
as Chromatograp
T-K
V^/

•
CM
OJ
rH
43
(0
IH

« h?
>-3 -V.
is;



E in ~
g d) h-1
3 ! 2
s ' — '



's
EH O
P^ "U
PH «
-H
^



.
o
o ^
S-H


S C
o ns
-r) 0)
•«-) S "o
fl CD
0) 1 M
(U -H
(X EH

Compound





Is


rH
rH
H




in
CM
rH


rH
CO
VD
O
1
rH
in
VO
O




•*
co
rH




tH
Ol
VD



4-chlorophenol





rH
O
O
rH


Ol
ro
rH




in
CM


Ol
p~
r-
o
i
r-
m
r-
o




•*
CO
rH




VD
Ol



6 -dichlorophenol
«.
CM



co
o
o
tH













CO
Ol
"^
o
1
VO
CO
°]
0




•*
VO
rH




CO
rH
CO



- di chl or opheno 1 - d3
^
„.
CM


CM
O
H
rH


in
H
o




in
CM


VD
O
O
rH
1
r-
Ol
Ol
o




CM
o
rH
tH




rH
CO



4 -dichlorophenol
>•
CM



O
CM
rH
















O
O
•
rH






^
VD
rH




in
CM
CO



1 -dif luorobiphenyl
(I.S.)
CM

CM


VO
rH













ro
O
rH
rH
1
r-.
[--
O
tH




^
VO
tH




O
O
cn



ihloroguaiacol - 13C6
u
i
"*


CO
o
rH
rH


cn
o
o




in
H



O




in
*


0
rH
O
tH


r-
in
o




in
CM


CO
in
0
rH
I
t-
ro
o,
tH




^,
CO
tH




CO
o
rH



-dichlorocatechol
VO
^
ro


CO
rH
0
tH


co
,ro
O




in
CM


CO
f-
o
H
1
o
in
0
rH





co
rH




O
rH
rH



, 3,4,6-tetrach-
lorophenol
CM




VD
O
O
tH













^
VO
ro
H
I
r-
CM
ro
rH





VD
tH




tH
rH
rH
tH



hlorovanillin-13C6
u
i
in


ro
CM
tH
rH


tH
O
rH




in
CM


tH
O
O
tH
i
CO

Ol
0




CO
CM
rH




rH
rH
rH
rH



-chlorovanillin
in




ro
CM
CM
iH


VD

o




in
CM


O
Ol
0
rH
|
VD
VD
O
rH





00
rH




CO
rH
tH
rH


_j
;-trichloroguaiaco!
\u
"*
^
ro

ro
tH
0
iH


•*
01
O




l/>
CM



Ol
O
rH
|
O
r-
0
rH





co
rH




CM
CM
H
rH



-chlorovanillin
VO




CM
O
rH


O
VD
O




in
CM


in
o
rH
rH

ro
co
O
tH





CO
rH




VO
ro
tH
rH



-dichlorocatechol
*3*
„
ro


r-
rH
O
iH














CM

H
I

CO
ro
rH





VD
rH




CO
in
rH
rH


10
ichlorocatechol -13C
•d

in
•=»<

cn
tH
rH
tH

CO
cs

-------



*> ^?
t-3 **^
S Di

§M~
-rj >^
c S §)
•H A 3
s


•x
EH 0
pi *o
K £«
•H
^

O

Q ^
§§«
•H 
jj


CM
CM
H



ro
rH
•
H
O
in


cn
^
CO
rH
1
cn
o
M
rH


CO
rH
CO
r-
ro


, 6-dichlorosy-
ringaldehyde
CM



CM
0
H
d by the internal standard
0)
-H
t-t
-rl
JJ
S3
(d
3
tj1

jj
S3
(d
jj
3
rH
rH
O
ft

rd

0)
JJ
(d
u
-rl
•d
c
-H

o
rH

ft
JJ
-H
S

Dl
a
-rl
rj
£j
-rl
Dl
0)
43

U
M
0)

E
3
. c!

JJ
-rl
Dl
-rl
Ti

rl
3
0
fa
pound quantified by the
E
o
u

T5
1
43
laboratory {reference 12) ,

0)
rH
Dl
S3
-rl
m

rd

E
O
!H
IH

rd
jj
rd
T!

(3
0

T)
0)
CD
rd
43

tt)
^
rd

C
£
3
rH
0
U

CD
-H
43
JJ

(3
-rH

ra
0)
S
-H
JJ

S3
O
-H
JJ
(3

H

-d
o
43
JJ
0)
s

«:
&
H

£
0
rl
MH

Ti

-H
JJ
rd
rH
0)
Pi
OS
cs

-------
  (d

    -H
  to  -H  IH

  01   O1   U
      OJ   0)
 rH       ft
  -i  H  ft
 r-H      JJ
 (d       ,  rH
 S-l  rH   (d

 JJ  S3  JJ
 £H  td  (d

     
        43
        -•H
  -H  C
 0)  JJ  nJ
rH  (d  jJ
     M  01
    -H  O
 tt)  «,,_
 tt)   (N

 nS   a)
 ri   u
     C
 tn   
             £  ro
     0)   O rH
 £  rH  -H  O  JJ
 3  XI  JJ  >  rl
 £   (d   (d      cd
•H   ta   ^   -  PL,
 ri  -H  jj  w
•H   s   ri JJ  e!
 s   cn  a> ^j  fe
     o   o  cn  u
     u   rt -H
     
-------
Table 3.  DFTPP Mass  Intensity Specifications1
      Reference 7
Mass
51
68
69
70
127
197
198
199
275
441
442
443
•Intensity Required
8 to 82% of m/z 198 •
less than 2% of m/z 69
11 to 91% of m/z 198
less than 2% of m/z 69
32 to 59% of m/z 198
less than 1% of m/z 198
base peak, 100% abundance
4 to 9% of m/z 198
11 to 30% of m/z 198
44 to 110% of m/z 443
30 to 86% of m/z 198
14 to 24% of m/z 442
                             1131

-------
Table 4.  Characteristic m/z's of Chloropheholic Compounds
Compound
4 -chlorophenol
2 , 4-dichlorophenol
2 , 4-dichlorophenol-d3
2 , 6 -dichlorophenol
2 , 4 , 5-trichlorophenol
2,4, S-trichlorophenol
2,3,4, 6-tetrachlorophenol
pentacnioropnenoi
pentachlorophenol~i3C6
4 - chloroguaiacol
4 - chloroguaiacol - 13C6
3 , 4 -di chloroguaiacol
4 , 5 -di chloroguaiacol
4 , 6-dichloroguaiacol
3 ,4, 5 -tri chloroguaiacol
3,4, 6-trichloroguaiacol
4 , 5 , 6-trichloroguaiacol
4,5, 6-trichloroguaiacol-13C6
tetrachloroguaiacol
tetrachloroguaiacol -13C6
4 - chlorocatechol
3 , 4-dichlorocatechol
3 , 6-dichlorocatechol
4 , 5 -di chlorocatechol
4, 5-dichlorocatechol-13C6
3,4, 5-trichlorocatechol
3,4, 6-trichlorocatechol
tetrachlorocatechol
tetrachlorocatechol - 13C6
5 -chlorovanillin
5 - chlorovani 1 1 in~13C6
6 - chl orovani 1 1 in
5 , 6-dichlorovanillin
2 -chlorosyringaldehyde
2 , S-dichlorosyringaldehyde
tri chlorosyr ingo 1
Primary m/z
128
162
167
162
196
196
232
266
272 •
158
164
192
192
192
226
226
226
234
262
268
144
178
178
178
184
212
212
248
254
186
192
186
220
216
250
256
Sample Matrix Internal Standard (SMIS)
3,4, 5-trichlorophenol
196
Instrument Internal Standard (IIS)
2,2' -dif luorobiphenyl
190
                            1132

-------













In
cn
a)
o
nj

O
(U
a,

w
O

(d
•H
rl
(U
JJ
•H
M
U

(U
O
rrt
Table 5. Accepts





TJ •
C en .. u
is -y -H
• 0 rQ "O tJ7
-o o 2 t! -H *
(3 CD -H O O
3 CO ID •" U (d rv
O 3 W *
ts^ «tji cO
H rH
0)
U £> T3
TlJ U (u r*
rH U •"
S » s -a s *
II * 8 8 p,
^w S
»&»3
-H 2 ^ CO
OK O
21 8 6 il
S i
Otj
rl ^ ^.^ LJ
J»| ^ " "H
ft § 8 • s
rH -rl 0 °] H
5 w -> u cu
"ri , q) o.
JJ T3 rn *-? CQ
•H C W
c m
H

*>"•!
en y B

o
CN
H


r^
VO
H
1
c-
CN





H
1
co


in
i
rH
VO
cn
vo
1
co
in


r-l
CN




in
CN

=ntachlorophenol-13C6
ft
•r-
o
rH
H















O
CN
1
CO
CO
o
CN
1
03
03


0
CN




in
CN

4-chloroguaiacol

03
O
CN
rH


CO
VO
H
1
ro
^t1




rH
CN
rH
1
0\
in
CN
in
i
^
VD
CO
rH
i
00
VD


O
rH




in
CN

:-chloroguaiacol-13C6

00
2
*""!
















VD
1
rn
i
CN
CO
VD
CN
1
0
00


CO
H




o
in

, 4-dichloroguaiacol4
ro
cn
o
o
H















co
CN
1
O
CO
rH
CN
1
CN
00


H




0
in

, 5-dichloroguaiacol
rf
O
H
O
rH















O
CN
1
VD
CO
VO
CN
rH
i
CN
03


vo
rH




O
in

, 6-dichloroguaiacol
•*
rH
rH
O
rH
















ro
1
0
oo
o
ro
1
CO
^


vo
H




O
in

,4,5-trichloroguai-
acol
ro
CN
rH
O
rH















O

-------
en
ro
H
1
i-H
in
H
ro
H
1
00
<*
o
^
rH
1

r-



VD
^ji
H
1
VD
VO



CO
in
OJ
4,5, 6-trichloroguai-
acol-13C6
•>#
rH










VD
CM
i-H
1
rH
CO



in
H
i-H
1
*^
CO



^
o
o
H
tetrachloroguaiacol
in
rH
CM
H
H
VD
H
1
r-
CM
o
O)
H
1
in
ro
i-H
VD
H
1
in
VD



ro
f^
i-H
1
r-
m



CM
CM
in
CM
tetrachloroguaiacol -
"C6
in
H
rH
rH










CN
rH
1
O
CO



O
^
rH
1
VD
f-



CO
in
CM
4-chlorocatechol
VD
rH
O
rH










ro
rH
1
CO
I-



•>#
in
rH
1
VD
VD



CN
O
in
3 , 4-dichlorocatechol
r-
i-H
O
rH









VO
CM
rH
1

CO



VD
ro
rH
1
co
f-



VD
rH
O
in
3 , 6-dichlorocatechol
CO
rH
O
H









CM
CM
rH
1
VD
CO



00
rH
rH
1
T^
CO



CO
o
in
4, 5-dichlorocatechol
en
H
CM
H


rH


CM
rH
1
to
ro
CM
«^1
rH
1
VO
VO



•*
^
i-H
1
CO
VD



CO
t-
in
CM
4 , 5-dichlorocatechol-
13C6
en
i-H
i-H
rH









CO
CM
rH
1
CM
r-



VD
VO
rH
1
O
VD



r-
i-H
o
0
H
3,4, 5-trichlorocate-
chol
O
CM
O
rH









en
^
rH
1

VO



CO
ro
rH
1
**F
r-



rH
O
O
rH
3,4, 6-trichlorocate-
chol4
rH
CM
O
rH









CM
ro
•I-H
l
H
CO



•*
ro
CM
1
VD
^



cn
CM
o
o
rH
tetrachlorocatechol
CM
CM
CM
rH
i

rH


CO
i-H
rH
1
*3*
rH
CM
in
rH
1
ro
VD



r-
OJ
Ol
1
CO
^



ro
in
O]
tetrachlorocatechol -
13C6
0)
OI
i-H
i-H









CO
rH
rH
1

O3



CO
O
O)
1
*3*
cn



o
OJ
o
in
5 -chlorovani 11 in
ro
CM
CM
H

in
CM
I
CM
ro
VD
CM
i-H
I
rH
in

^
rH
1
O
t—



O
VD
rH
1
CO
VD



CO
in
CM
5 - chlorovani 11 in- 13C6
ro
CM
rH
rH









VD
CM
rH
1
O
CO



co
CM
rH
1
CM
CO



CM
CM
O
in
6-chlorovanillin

CM
O
i-H









O
•st1
rH
1
r-
r-



VD
*3*
rH
1
r-
vo



en
o
o
i-H
5, 6-dichlorovanillin
in
CM
0
rH









VD
in
i-H
I
CM
r-



o
ro
t-H
1
VD
r-



co
CM
o
in
2 -chlorosyringaldehyde
VD
CM
O
rH









ro
CO
rH
1
O
VD



cn
CM
H
1
CM
CO



rH
O
O
H
2 , 6-dichlorosyring-
aldehyde
r-
0]
0
H










r-
rH
1
VD
VD



VD
ro
rH
1
VD
f-



CO
H
o
in
trichlorosyringol
CO
CM
0
i-H













'C
JH
ns
•o
«
4J
to

.
ns

l\
(U
jj
C!
r-j
4J
§

-------
dicate a pollutant quantified by the internal standard
th 11 indicate a labeled compound quantified by the
mbers beginning with 12 indicate a pollutant quantified
mL.
G
•H

0
H

f*
JJ
•H
3

01
G
-H


•r)
01

•H
M
0)
•d
cJ
o
-H
JJ
trf
U
•H
•H
O
0)
a
w
co

-------
 10 -
1.0 -
0.1  -
                            T-
                             10
—r—
 20
—I—
 50
—i	r—
 100   200
                           Concentration (pg/mL)
                  The dotted lines enclose a ±10% error window.
      Figure 1.   Relative Response Calibration Curve for Phenol
                                 1136

-------
       Area at
Area at
M-./Z

Area at
M/Z
                                                       Area at
  Figure 2.  Extracted Ion-Current Profiles for Chromatographically
            Resolved Labeled (Ma/Z) and Unlabeld (fi/^/Z) Pairs
                                  1137

-------
            <3A)
                      Aiea= 46100
                                             Aiea= 4780
           (3BJ
                    Area= 2650
                                             Area= 43600
                    Area = 49200
                                             Aiea= 48300
Figure 3.   Extracted Ion-Current Profiles for (3A) Unlabeled Compound, (3B) Labeled
          Compound, and (3Q Equal Mixture of Unlabeled and Labeled Compounds
                                   1138

-------
10:12            13:24
                1638            SD:00



          ReiBntion lime (Minutes)
                                                             • 23:12
Figure 4.  Chromatogram of Chbropheroics
                  1139

-------
20.0 Glossary of Definitions and Purposes




These definitions and purposes are specific to this method



but have been conformed to common usage as much as possible.



20.1 Units of weight and measure and their abbreviations



20.1.1  Symbols.




           °C          degrees  Celsius



           ftL>          microliter '



           <           less  than



           >           greater  than



           %           percent








20.1.2  Alphabetical characters.




           cm          centimeter



           g           gram



           h           hour



           ID          inside diameter



           in.         inch



           L           liter



           M           Molecular  ion               ,



           m           meter



           mg          milligram



           min         minute



           mL          milliliter



           mm          millimeter



           m/z         mass-to-charge ratio
                            1140

-------
           N          normal; gram molecular weight of



                      solute divided by hydrogen equivalent



                      of  solute, per liter  of  solution



           OD         outside diameter



           pg         picogram



           ppb        part-per-billion



           ppm        part-per-million



           ppt        part-per-trillion



           psig       pounds-per-square inch gauge



           v/v        volume per unit volume



           w/v        weight per unit volume








20.2  Definitions and acronyms (in alphabetical order).



     Analyte:  A chlorophenolic tested for by this method.



The analytes are listed in Table 1.



     Calibration standard (CAL):   A solution prepared from a



secondary standard and/or stock solutions and used to



calibrate the response of the instrument with respect to



analyte concentration.



     Calibration verification standard (VER):   The mid-point



calibration standard  (CSS) that is used to verify



calibration.  See Table 4.



     Chlorophenolics:   collectively,  the analytes listed in



Table 1.                    i



     CS1, CS2, CSS, CS4, CS5 :•  See Calibration standards and



Table 4.





                            1141

-------
      Field blank:  An aliquot  of  reagent  water or other



 reference  matrix  that is placed in a  sample  container in the



 laboratory or  the  field, and treated  as a sample  in all



 respects,  including exposure to sampling  site  conditions,



 storage, preservation, and all  analytical procedures.   The



 purpose of the field  blank is  to  determine if  the field or



 sample transporting procedures  and environments have



 contaminated the sample.




      GC:   Gas chromatograph or  gas chromatography.



   •   HRGC:  High resolution GC.




      IPR:   Initial precision and  recovery; four aliguots  of



 the diluted PAR standard analyzed to  establish the  ability



 to generate acceptable precision  and  accuracy.  An  IPR  is



 performed  prior to the first time  this method  is  used and



 any time the method or instrumentation is  modified.



      K-D:  Kuderna-Danish concentrator; a  device  used to



 concentrate the analytes in a solvent.



      Laboratory blank:  See Method blank.



      Laboratory control sample  (LCS):   See Ongoing precision



 and recovery standard  (OPR).



      Laboratory reagent blank:.  See Method blank.



     May:  This action, activity,  or procedural step is



neither required nor prohibited.




     May not:   This action,  activity,  or procedural step is



prohibited.
                            1142

-------
     Method blank:  An aliquot of reagent water that is         ^^
treated exactly as a sample including exposure to all
glassware, equipment, solvents, reagents, internal
standards, and surrogates that are used with samples.  The
method blank is used to determine if analytes or
interferences are present in the laboratory environment, the
reagents, or the apparatus. :
     Minimum level  (ML):  The level at which the entire
analytical system must give a recognizable signal and
acceptable calibration point for the analyte.  It is
equivalent to the concentration of the lowest calibration
standard, assuming that all method-specified sample weights,
volumes, and cleanup procedures have been employed.
     MS:  Mass spectrometer pr mass spectrometry.
     Must:  This action, activity, or procedural step is
required.                   :
     OPR:  Ongoing precision and recovery standard  (OPR); a
laboratory blank spiked with known quantities of analytes.
The OPR is analyzed exactly like a sample.  Its purpose  is
to assure that the results produced by the laboratory remain
within the limits specified in this method for precision and
recovery.                   ;
     PAR:  Precision and recovery standard; secondary
standard that is diluted and spiked to form the IPR and  OPR.
     Preparation blank:  See1 Method blank.
                             1143

-------
     Primary dilution standard':  A solution containing the



specified ahalytes that is purchased or prepared from stock



solutions and diluted as needed to prepare calibration




solutions and other solutions.



     Quality control check sample (QCS):   A sample



containing all or a subset of the analytes at known



concentrations.  The QCS is obtained from a source external



to the laboratory or is prepared from a source of standards



different from the source of calibration standards.  It is



used to check laboratory performance with test materials



prepared external to the normal preparation process.



     Reagent water:  Water demonstrated to be free from the



analytes of interest and potentially interfering substances




at the method detection limit for the analyte.



     Relative standard deviation  (RSD):  The standard



deviation times 100 divided by the mean.



     RF:  Response factor.  See Section 10.5.1.



     RR:  Relative response.  See Section 10.4.4.



     RSD:  See Relative standard deviation.



     Should:  This action', activity, or procedural step is



suggested but not required.



     Stock solution:  A solution containing an analyte that



is prepared using a reference material traceable to EPA, the



National Institute of Science and Technology  (NIST),  or a



source that will attest to the purity  and authenticity of



the reference material.





                             1144

-------
VER:  See Calibration verification standard.
                       1145

-------